rexroth indradyn l - elogia l.pdfindustrial hydraulics electric drives and controls linear motion...
TRANSCRIPT
Rexroth IndraControl VCP 20
IndustrialHydraulics
Electric Drivesand Controls
Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies Pneumatics
ServiceAutomation
MobileHydraulics
Rexroth IndraDyn LSynchronous Linear Motors
R911293635Edition 01
Project Planning Manual
About this documentation Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Rexroth IndraDyn L
Synchronous Linear Motors
Project Planning Manual
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
• R91129363501_Book.doc
• Document Number, 120-1500-B319-01-EN
This documentation ....
• explains product features and applications, technical data as well as
conditions and limits for operation
• provides guidlines for product selection, application, handling andoperation.
Description ReleaseDate
Notes
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P June04 1st edition
Bosch Rexroth AG, 2004
Copying this document, giving it to others and the use or communicationof the contents thereof without express authority, are forbidden.Offenders are liable for the payment of damages. All rights are reservedin the event of the grand of a patent or the registration of a utility modelor design (DIN 34-1).
The specified data is for product description purposes only and may notbe deemed to be guaranteed unless expressly confirmed in the contract.All rights are reserved with respect to the content of this documentationand the availability of the product.
Bosch Rexroth AGBgm.-Dr.-Nebel-Str. 2 • D-97816 Lohr a. Main
Tel +49 (0)93 52 / 40-0 • Tx 68 94 21 • Fax +49 (0)93 52 / 40-48 85
http://www.boschrexroth.com/
Dept. BRC/EDM1 (FS)
This document has been printed on chlorine-free bleached paper.
Title
Type of Documentation
Document Typecode
Internal File Reference
Purpose of Documentation
Record of Revisions
Copyright
Validity
Published by
Note
Rexroth IndraDyn L Contents I
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Contents
1 Introduction to the Product 1
1.1 Application range of linear direct drives .......................................................................................1
1.2 About this Documentation............................................................................................................3
Additional components ...........................................................................................................4
Feedback ...............................................................................................................................4
Standards...............................................................................................................................4
2 Important directions for use 2-1
2.1 Appropriate use........................................................................................................................2-1
Introduction .........................................................................................................................2-1
Areas of use and application................................................................................................2-2
2.2 Inappropriate use .....................................................................................................................2-2
3 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-1
3.1 Introduction ..............................................................................................................................3-1
3.2 Explanations ............................................................................................................................3-1
3.3 Hazards by Improper Use.........................................................................................................3-2
3.4 General Information..................................................................................................................3-3
3.5 Protection Against Contact with Electrical Parts ........................................................................3-4
3.6 Protection Against Electric Shock by Protective Low Voltage (PELV)........................................3-6
3.7 Protection Against Dangerous Movements ...............................................................................3-7
3.8 Protection Against Magnetic and Electromagnetic Fields During Operation andMounting ..................................................................................................................................3-9
3.9 Protection Against Contact with Hot Parts...............................................................................3-10
3.10 Protection During Handling and Mounting...............................................................................3-10
3.11 Battery Safety.........................................................................................................................3-10
3.12 Protection Against Pressurized Systems.................................................................................3-11
4 Technical Data IndraDyn L 1
4.1 Explanation to technical data.......................................................................................................1
4.2 Technical data – size 040............................................................................................................4
4.3 Technical data – size 070............................................................................................................5
4.4 Technical data – size 100............................................................................................................7
4.5 Technical data – size 140............................................................................................................8
4.6 Technical data – size 200............................................................................................................9
4.7 Technical data – size 300..........................................................................................................10
5 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-1
5.1 Installation tolerances...............................................................................................................5-1
II Contents Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
5.2 Mounting Sizes.........................................................................................................................5-3
Size 040, primary in standard encapsulation........................................................................5-3
Size 040, primary in thermal encapsulation..........................................................................5-4
Size 040, secondary............................................................................................................5-5
Size 070, primary in standard encapsulation........................................................................5-6
Size 070, primary in thermal encapsulation..........................................................................5-7
Size 070, secondary............................................................................................................5-8
Size 100, primary in standard encapsulation........................................................................5-9
Size 100, primary in thermal encapsulation........................................................................5-10
Size 100, secondary..........................................................................................................5-11
Size 140, primary in standard encapsulation......................................................................5-12
Size 140, primary in thermal encapsulation........................................................................5-13
Size 140, secondary..........................................................................................................5-14
Size 200, primary in standard encapsulation......................................................................5-15
Size 200, primary in thermal encapsulation........................................................................5-16
Size 200, secondary..........................................................................................................5-17
Size 300, primary in standard encapsulation......................................................................5-18
Size 300, primary in thermal encapsulation........................................................................5-19
Size 300, secondary..........................................................................................................5-20
6 Type codes for the IndraDyn L 1
6.1 Description..................................................................................................................................1
Type code of the Primary – The MLP......................................................................................2
Type code of the Secondary – The MLS .................................................................................4
6.2 Type code for IndraDyn L 040 .....................................................................................................6
6.3 Type code IndraDyn L 070 ..........................................................................................................8
6.4 Type code for IndraDyn L 100 ...................................................................................................10
6.5 Type code for IndraDyn L 140 ...................................................................................................12
6.6 Type code for IndraDyn L 200 ...................................................................................................14
6.7 Type code for IndraDyn L 300 ...................................................................................................16
7 Accessories and Options 7-1
7.1 Hall sensor box ........................................................................................................................7-1
Schematic assembly............................................................................................................7-2
8 Electrical connection 8-1
8.1 Power connection.....................................................................................................................8-1
Connection cable on the primary .........................................................................................8-1
Power Cable Connection .....................................................................................................8-3
Connection of IndraDrive Drive Controller ............................................................................8-6
Connection of DIAX04 and EcoDrive Drive-Controllers ........................................................8-8
8.2 Connection of linear feedback devices....................................................................................8-10
9 Application and Construction Instructions 9-1
9.1 Functional principle ..................................................................................................................9-1
9.2 Motor Design............................................................................................................................9-2
Rexroth IndraDyn L Inhaltsverzeichnis III
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Primary in standard encapsulation.......................................................................................9-3
Primary in thermal encapsulation.........................................................................................9-4
Design secondary part.........................................................................................................9-5
Motor Sizes .........................................................................................................................9-6
9.3 Requirements on the Machine Design ......................................................................................9-7
Mass reduction....................................................................................................................9-7
Mechanical rigidity...............................................................................................................9-7
9.4 Arrangement of Motor Components..........................................................................................9-9
Single arrangement .............................................................................................................9-9
Several motors per axis .....................................................................................................9-10
Vertical axes......................................................................................................................9-17
9.5 Feed and Attractive Forces.....................................................................................................9-18
Attractive forces between the primary and the secondary...................................................9-18
Air-gap-related attractive forces between the primary and the secondary ...........................9-19
Air-gap-related attractive forces vs. power supply ..............................................................9-19
Air-gap-related feed force ..................................................................................................9-20
Reduced overlapping between the primary and the secondary...........................................9-20
9.6 Motor cooling .........................................................................................................................9-22
Thermal behavior of linear motors......................................................................................9-22
Cooling concept of IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors .................................................9-24
Coolant..............................................................................................................................9-26
Sizing the cooling circuit ....................................................................................................9-29
Liquid cooling system ........................................................................................................9-33
9.7 Motor temperature Monitoring Circuit......................................................................................9-38
9.8 Setup Elevation and Ambient Conditions ................................................................................9-41
9.9 Protection Class .....................................................................................................................9-42
9.10 Compatibility ..........................................................................................................................9-42
9.11 Magnetic Fields ......................................................................................................................9-43
9.12 Vibration and Shock ...............................................................................................................9-44
9.13 Enclosure surface ..................................................................................................................9-45
9.14 Noise emission.......................................................................................................................9-45
9.15 Length Measuring System......................................................................................................9-46
Selection criteria for linear scales.......................................................................................9-46
Mounting Linear scales......................................................................................................9-52
9.16 Linear Guides.........................................................................................................................9-53
9.17 Braking Systems and Holding Devices ...................................................................................9-53
9.18 End Position shock absorber ..................................................................................................9-54
9.19 Axis Cover System.................................................................................................................9-55
9.20 Wipers ...................................................................................................................................9-56
9.21 Drive and Control of IndraDyn L motors..................................................................................9-57
Drive controller and power supply modules........................................................................9-57
Control systems.................................................................................................................9-57
9.22 Shutdown upon EMERGENCY STOP and in the Event of a Malfunction.................................9-58
Shutdown by the drive .......................................................................................................9-58
Shutdown by a master control............................................................................................9-59
Shutdown via mechanical braking device...........................................................................9-59
IV Inhaltsverzeichnis Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Response to a mains failure ..............................................................................................9-60
Short-circuit of DC bus ......................................................................................................9-60
9.23 Maximum Acceleration Changes (Jerk Limitation)...................................................................9-61
9.24 Position and Velocity Resolution.............................................................................................9-63
9.25 Load Rigidity ..........................................................................................................................9-64
Static load rigidity ..............................................................................................................9-65
Dynamic load rigidity .........................................................................................................9-65
10 Motor-Controller-Combinations 10-1
10.1 General explanation ...............................................................................................................10-1
Explanation of the variables...............................................................................................10-2
10.2 Motor/Controller Combinations; one primary per drive ............................................................10-3
Controlled DC Bus Voltage, mains supply voltage - 3 x 480 VAC.......................................10-3
10.3 Motor/Controller Combinations; parallel primaries on single drive controllers...........................10-6
Controlled DC Bus Voltage, mains supply voltage - 3 x 480 VAC.......................................10-6
11 Motor Sizing 1
11.1 General Procedure ......................................................................................................................1
11.2 Basic formulae ............................................................................................................................2
General equations of motion...................................................................................................2
Feed forces ............................................................................................................................3
Average velocity .....................................................................................................................5
Trapezoidal velocity................................................................................................................6
Triangular velocity ................................................................................................................10
Sinusoidal velocity................................................................................................................11
11.3 Duty cycle and Feed Force........................................................................................................13
Determining the duty cycle....................................................................................................13
11.4 Determining the Drive Power .....................................................................................................15
Continuous Output ...............................................................................................................15
Maximum Output ..................................................................................................................16
Cooling capacity ...................................................................................................................17
Regeneration energy ............................................................................................................17
11.5 Efficiency ..................................................................................................................................18
11.6 Sizing Examples........................................................................................................................19
Handling axis........................................................................................................................19
Machine tool feed axis; sizing via duty cycle .........................................................................28
12 Handling, transportion and storage of the units 12-1
12.1 Identification of the motor components ...................................................................................12-1
Primary .............................................................................................................................12-1
Secondary.........................................................................................................................12-1
12.2 Delivery status and Packaging................................................................................................12-2
12.3 Transportation and Storage ....................................................................................................12-3
Specifics for transporting secondaries of synchronous linear motors..................................12-4
12.4 Checking the motor components ............................................................................................12-5
Factory checks ..................................................................................................................12-5
Rexroth IndraDyn L Inhaltsverzeichnis V
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Customer’s receiving inspection ........................................................................................12-5
13 Mounting Instructions 13-1
13.1 Basic precondition..................................................................................................................13-1
13.2 General procedure at mounting of the motor components.......................................................13-1
Installation at spanned secondary parts over the entire traverse path.................................13-1
Installation at whole secondary over the entire traverse path .............................................13-3
13.3 Installation of the secondary segments ...................................................................................13-5
13.4 Installation of the primary........................................................................................................13-7
13.5 Connection liquid cooling........................................................................................................13-7
13.6 Screw locking.........................................................................................................................13-8
14 Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-1
14.1 General information for startup of IndraDyn L motors..............................................................14-1
14.2 General precondition ..............................................................................................................14-2
Adherence of all electrically and mechanically components ...............................................14-2
Implements .......................................................................................................................14-3
14.3 General start-up procedure.....................................................................................................14-4
14.4 Parametrization ......................................................................................................................14-5
Entering motor parameters ................................................................................................14-5
Input of linear scale parameters.........................................................................................14-6
Input of drive limitations and application-related parameters ..............................................14-6
14.5 Determining the Polarity of the linear scale .............................................................................14-7
14.6 Commutation adjustment........................................................................................................14-9
Method 1: Measuring the reference between the primary and the secondary ...................14-11
Method 2: Current flow method manually activated ..........................................................14-14
Method 3: Current flow method automatically activated....................................................14-15
14.7 Setting and Optimizing the Control Loop...............................................................................14-16
General sequence ...........................................................................................................14-16
Parameter value assignments and optimization of Gantry axes........................................14-18
Estimating the moved mass using a velocity ramp ...........................................................14-19
14.8 Maintenance and check of Motor components ......................................................................14-21
Check of Motor and Auxiliary Components ......................................................................14-21
Electrical check of motor components..............................................................................14-21
15 Service & Support 15-1
15.1 Helpdesk................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2 Service-Hotline.......................................................................................................................15-1
15.3 Internet...................................................................................................................................15-1
15.4 Vor der Kontaktaufnahme... - Before contacting us... ..............................................................15-1
15.5 Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service Facilities.............................................................15-2
16 Appendix 16-1
16.1 Recommended suppliers of additional components ................................................................16-1
Length Measuring System .................................................................................................16-1
Linear Guide......................................................................................................................16-1
VI Inhaltsverzeichnis Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Energy Chains...................................................................................................................16-1
Heat-exchanger Unit..........................................................................................................16-2
Coolant Additives ..............................................................................................................16-2
Coolant Tubes...................................................................................................................16-2
Axis Cover System ............................................................................................................16-2
End Position Shock Absorbers...........................................................................................16-3
Clamping Elements for Linear Guideways..........................................................................16-3
External Mechanical Brakes ..............................................................................................16-4
Weight Compensation Systems.........................................................................................16-4
Wipers...............................................................................................................................16-4
16.2 Enquiry form for Linear Drives ................................................................................................16-5
17 Index 17-1
Rexroth IndraDyn L Introduction to the Product 1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
1 Introduction to the Product
1.1 Application range of linear direct drives
New technologies found in high-production equipment, demand moreand more numerically driven movements with extreme requirements onacceleration, speed and exactness.
Conventional NC-drives consisting of a rotating electrical motor andmechanical transmission elements, i.e. gearboxes, belt transmissions orgear rack pinions, can only fulfill these demands with great effort.
In many cases, linear direct drive technology is an optimal alternativeproviding significant benefits including:
• High velocity and acceleration
• Excellent control quality and positioning behavior
• Direct power transfer – no mechanical transmission elements like ballsrews, toothed belts or gear racks.
• Maintenance-free drive (no wearing parts on the motor)
• Simplified machine structure
• High static and dynamic load rigidity
IndraDyn_L.jpg
Fig. 1-1: Illustration of an IndraDyn L
Due to the direct installation into the machine, there are no wearingmechanical components. This produces a power train with no or minimalbacklash and permits very high control qualities with gains in the positioncontrol loop (Kv factor) of more than 20 m/min/mm.
In conventional electromagnetic systems, positioning tasks with highfeed rates or highly-accelerated, short-stroke movements in quicksuccession lead to premature wear of mechanical parts and thus tofailures and significant costs. In these applications linear direct drivesoffer decisive advantages.
2 Introduction to the Product Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Considering the above-mentioned benefits, the following application arewell-suited for linear synchronous direct drives:
• High-speed cutting in transfer lines and machining centers
• Grinding of camshafts and crankshafts
• Laser machining
• Precision and ultra-precision machining
• Sheet-metal working
• Material handling, textile and packaging machines
• Free-form surface machining
• Wood wooking,
• Machining of printed circuit boards
• ......
Due to a practice-oriented combination of motor technology andintelligent digital drive controllers, the linear direct drive technique offersnew solutions with significantly improved performance.
The development status of the synchronous linear technique of BoschRexroth permits a very high force density.
The spectrum of Bosch Rexroth synchronous linear drive technology,which is described below, permits feed drive systems of 250 N up to21,000 N per motor and speeds over 600 m/min.
The following diagram gives an overview of the performance spectrum ofthe Bosch Rexroth motors type IndraDyn L.
Fig. 1-2: Performance spectrum of IndraDyn L motors
Performance Overview
17750
5560
21500
6720
14250
4460
10000
3150
7150
23103800
1200
16300
5150
10900
3465
7650
2415
5600
17852600
820 1150370
11000
3520
7450
2415
5200
1680
3750
11802000
630 800 250M
RMMM
NMMMM
NRMMM
OMMMM
ORMMM
Vo
rsch
ub
kraf
t in
NF
eed
Fo
rces
in N
4070100140200300
AB
CD
Dauernennkraft FdN
Continuos Force F dN
Maximalkraft FMax
Maximum Force F Max
BaugrößeSize KRAFTSPEKTRUM MLF.XLS
Rexroth IndraDyn L Introduction to the Product 3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
1.2 About this Documentation
Document StructureThis documentation includes safety instructions, technical data andoperating instructions. The following setup provides an overview of thecontents of this documentation.
Sect. Title Content
1 Introduction General information
2 Important Instructions on Use
3 SafetyImportant safety instructions
4 Technical data
5 Dimensional Details
6 Type Code
7 Accessories
8 Connection System
9Operating condition and applicationinstructions
10 Motor-Controller-Combinations
11 Motordimensionierung
Pro
du
ct d
escr
ipti
on
s
for
plan
ners
and
pro
ject
man
ager
s
12 Handling, Transport and Storage
13 Installation
14 Startup, Operation and
15 Service & Support
Pra
ctic
al in
form
atio
n
for
oper
atin
g an
d m
aint
enan
cepe
rson
nel
16 Appendix
17 IndexAdditional information
Fig. 1-3: Chapter structure
Additional documentationTo plan your project using an IndraDyn L motor, you may need additionaldocumentation depending on the complexity of your system. BoschRexroth provides all product documentation on CD in a PDF-format. Toplan your project, you will not necessary use all the documentationincluded on the CD.
Note: All documentation on the CD are also available in print. Youcan order the required product documentation through yourBosch Rexroth sales office.
Material no.: Title / description
R911281882 -Produktdokumentation Electric Drives and Controls Version xx 1)
DOK-GENRL-CONTR*DRIVE-GNxx-DE-D650
R911281883 -Product documentation Electric Drives and Controls Version xx 1)
DOK-GENRL-CONTR*DRIVE-GNxx-EN-D650
1) The index (e.g. ..02-...) identifies the version of the CD.
Fig. 1-4: Additional documentation
4 Introduction to the Product Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Additional componentsDocumentation for external systems which are connected to BoschRexroth components are not included in the scope of delivery and mustbe ordered directly from the particular manufacturers.
For information about the manufacturers see chapter 16 “Appendix”
FeedbackYour experiences are an essential part of the process of improving bothproduct and documentation.
Please do not hesitate to inform us of any mistakes you detect in thisdocumentation or of any modifications you might desire. We wouldappreciate your feedback.
Please send your remarks to:
Bosch Rexroth AGDept. BRC/EDM1Bürgermeister-Dr.-Nebel-Strasse 2D-97816 Lohr, Germany
Fax +49 (0) 93 52 / 40-43 80
StandardsThis documentation refers to German, European and internationaltechnical standards. Documents and sheets on standards are subject tothe protection by copyright and may not be passed on to third parties byBOSCH REXROTH AG. If necessary, please address the authorizedsales outlets or, in Germany, directly to:
BEUTH Verlag GmbHBurggrafenstrasse 610787 Berlin
Phone +49-(0)30-26 01-22 60, Fax +49-(0)30-26 01-12 60Internet: http://www.din.de/beuth [email protected]
Rexroth IndraDyn L Important directions for use 2-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
2 Important directions for use
2.1 Appropriate use
IntroductionBosch Rexroth products represent state-of-the-art developments andmanufacturing. They are tested prior to delivery to ensure operatingsafety and reliability.
The products may only be used in the manner that is defined asappropriate. If they are used in an inappropriate manner, then situationscan develop that may lead to property damage or injury to personnel.
Note: Bosch Rexroth, as manufacturer, is not liable for anydamages resulting from inappropriate use. In such cases, theguarantee and the right to payment of damages resultingfrom inappropriate use are forfeited. The user alone carriesall responsibility of the risks.
Before using Rexroth products, make sure that all the pre-requisites forappropriate use of the products are satisfied:
• Personnel that in any way, shape or form uses our products must firstread and understand the relevant safety instructions and be familiarwith appropriate use.
• If the product takes the form of hardware, then they must remain intheir original state, in other words, no structural changes arepermitted. It is not permitted to decompile software products or altersource codes.
• Do not mount damaged or faulty products or use them in operation.
• Make sure that the products have been installed in the mannerdescribed in the relevant documentation.
2-2 Important directions for use Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Areas of use and applicationRexroth IndraDyn L motors are designed to be used as linear servo drivemotors.
Available for an application-specific use of the motors are unit types withdiffering drive power and different interfaces.
Control and monitoring of the motors may require additional sensors andactors.
Note: The motors may only be used with the accessories and partsspecified in this document. If a component has not beenspecifically named, then it may not be either mounted orconnected. The same applies to cables and lines.
Operation is only permitted in the specified configurationsand combinations of components using the software andfirmware as specified in the relevant function descriptions.
Every drive controller has to be programmed before starting it up,making it possible for the motor to execute the specific functions of anapplication.
The motors may only be operated under the assembly, installation andambient conditions as described here (temperature, protectioncategories, humidity, EMC requirements, etc.) and in the positionspecified.
2.2 Inappropriate use
Using the motors outside of the above-referenced areas of application orunder operating conditions other than described in the document and thetechnical data specified is defined as “inappropriate use".
IndraDyn L motors may not be used if
• they are subject to operating conditions that do not meet the abovespecified ambient conditions. This includes, for example, operationunder water, in the case of extreme temperature fluctuations orextremely high maximum temperatures or if
• Bosch Rexroth has not specifically released them for that intendedpurpose. Please note the specifications outlined in the generalSafety Instructions!
Rexroth IndraDyn L Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
3 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
3.1 Introduction
Read these instructions before the initial startup of the equipment inorder to eliminate the risk of bodily harm or material damage. Followthese safety instructions at all times.
Do not attempt to install or start up this equipment without first readingall documentation provided with the product. Read and understand thesesafety instructions and all user documentation of the equipment prior toworking with the equipment at any time. If you do not have the userdocumentation for your equipment, contact your local Bosch Rexrothrepresentative to send this documentation immediately to the person orpersons responsible for the safe operation of this equipment.
If the equipment is resold, rented or transferred or passed on to others,then these safety instructions must be delivered with the equipment.
WARNING
Improper use of this equipment, failure to followthe safety instructions in this document ortampering with the product, including disablingof safety devices, may result in materialdamage, bodily harm, electric shock or evendeath!
3.2 Explanations
The safety instructions describe the following degrees of hazardseriousness in compliance with ANSI Z535. The degree of hazardseriousness informs about the consequences resulting from non-compliance with the safety instructions.
Warning symbol with signalword
Degree of hazard seriousness accordingto ANSI
DANGER
Death or severe bodily harm will occur.
WARNING
Death or severe bodily harm may occur.
CAUTION
Bodily harm or material damage may occur.
Fig. 3-1: Hazard classification (according to ANSI Z535)
3-2 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
3.3 Hazards by Improper Use
DANGER
High voltage and high discharge current!Danger to life or severe bodily harm by electricshock!
DANGER
Dangerous movements! Danger to life, severebodily harm or material damage by unintentionalmotor movements!
WARNING
High electrical voltage due to wrongconnections! Danger to life or bodily harm byelectric shock!
WARNING
Health hazard for persons with heartpacemakers, metal implants and hearing aids inproximity to electrical equipment!
CAUTION
Surface of machine housing could be extremelyhot! Danger of injury! Danger of burns!
CAUTION
Risk of injury due to improper handling! Bodilyharm caused by crushing, shearing, cutting andmechanical shock or incorrect handling ofpressurized systems!
CAUTION
Risk of injury due to incorrect handling ofbatteries!
Rexroth IndraDyn L Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
3.4 General Information
• Bosch Rexroth AG is not liable for damages resulting from failure toobserve the warnings provided in this documentation.
• Read the operating, maintenance and safety instructions in yourlanguage before starting up the machine. If you find that you cannotcompletely understand the documentation for your product, pleaseask your supplier to clarify.
• Proper and correct transport, storage, assembly and installation aswell as care in operation and maintenance are prerequisites foroptimal and safe operation of this equipment.
• Only persons who are trained and qualified for the use and operationof the equipment may work on this equipment or within its proximity.
• The persons are qualified if they have sufficient knowledge of theassembly, installation and operation of the equipment as well asan understanding of all warnings and precautionary measuresnoted in these instructions.
• Furthermore, they must be trained, instructed and qualified toswitch electrical circuits and equipment on and off in accordancewith technical safety regulations, to ground them and to mark themaccording to the requirements of safe work practices. They musthave adequate safety equipment and be trained in first aid.
• Only use spare parts and accessories approved by the manufacturer.
• Follow all safety regulations and requirements for the specificapplication as practiced in the country of use.
• The equipment is designed for installation in industrial machinery.
• The ambient conditions given in the product documentation must beobserved.
• Use only safety features and applications that are clearly andexplicitly approved in the Project Planning Manual.For example, the following areas of use are not permitted:construction cranes, elevators used for people or freight, devices andvehicles to transport people, medical applications, refinery plants,transport of hazardous goods, nuclear applications, applicationssensitive to high frequency, mining, food processing, control ofprotection equipment (also in a machine).
• The information given in the documentation of the product withregard to the use of the delivered components contains onlyexamples of applications and suggestions.The machine and installation manufacturer must
• make sure that the delivered components are suited for hisindividual application and check the information given in thisdocumentation with regard to the use of the components,
• make sure that his application complies with the applicable safetyregulations and standards and carry out the required measures,modifications and complements.
• Startup of the delivered components is only permitted once it is surethat the machine or installation in which they are installed complieswith the national regulations, safety specifications and standards ofthe application.
3-4 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
• Operation is only permitted if the national EMC regulations for theapplication are met.The instructions for installation in accordance with EMC requirementscan be found in the documentation "EMC in Drive and ControlSystems".The machine or installation manufacturer is responsible forcompliance with the limiting values as prescribed in the nationalregulations.
• Technical data, connections and operational conditions are specifiedin the product documentation and must be followed at all times.
3.5 Protection Against Contact with Electrical Parts
Note: This section refers to equipment and drive components withvoltages above 50 Volts.
Touching live parts with voltages of 50 Volts and more with bare handsor conductive tools or touching ungrounded housings can be dangerousand cause electric shock. In order to operate electrical equipment,certain parts must unavoidably have dangerous voltages applied tothem.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
DANGER
High electrical voltage! Danger to life, severebodily harm by electric shock!⇒ Only those trained and qualified to work with or on
electrical equipment are permitted to operate, maintainor repair this equipment.
⇒ Follow general construction and safety regulationswhen working on high voltage installations.
⇒ Before switching on power the ground wire must bepermanently connected to all electrical units accordingto the connection diagram.
⇒ Do not operate electrical equipment at any time, evenfor brief measurements or tests, if the ground wire isnot permanently connected to the points of thecomponents provided for this purpose.
⇒ Before working with electrical parts with voltage higherthan 50 V, the equipment must be disconnected fromthe mains voltage or power supply. Make sure theequipment cannot be switched on again unintended.
⇒ The following should be observed with electrical driveand filter components:
⇒ Wait five (5) minutes after switching off power to allowcapacitors to discharge before beginning to work.Measure the voltage on the capacitors beforebeginning to work to make sure that the equipment issafe to touch.
⇒ Never touch the electrical connection points of acomponent while power is turned on.
⇒ Install the covers and guards provided with theequipment properly before switching the equipment on.Prevent contact with live parts at any time.
⇒ A residual-current-operated protective device (RCD)must not be used on electric drives! Indirect contactmust be prevented by other means, for example, by anovercurrent protective device.
⇒ Electrical components with exposed live parts anduncovered high voltage terminals must be installed in aprotective housing, for example, in a control cabinet.
3-6 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
To be observed with electrical drive and filter components:
DANGER
High electrical voltage on the housing!High leakage current! Danger to life, danger ofinjury by electric shock!⇒ Connect the electrical equipment, the housings of all
electrical units and motors permanently with thesafety conductor at the ground points before power isswitched on. Look at the connection diagram. This iseven necessary for brief tests.
⇒ Connect the safety conductor of the electricalequipment always permanently and firmly to thesupply mains. Leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA innormal operation.
⇒ Use a copper conductor with at least 10 mm² crosssection over its entire course for this safety conductorconnection!
⇒ Prior to startups, even for brief tests, always connectthe protective conductor or connect with ground wire.Otherwise, high voltages can occur on the housingthat lead to electric shock.
3.6 Protection Against Electric Shock by Protective LowVoltage (PELV)
All connections and terminals with voltages between 0 and 50 Volts onRexroth products are protective low voltages designed in accordancewith international standards on electrical safety.
WARNING
High electrical voltage due to wrongconnections! Danger to life, bodily harm byelectric shock!⇒ Only connect equipment, electrical components and
cables of the protective low voltage type (PELV =Protective Extra Low Voltage) to all terminals andclamps with voltages of 0 to 50 Volts.
⇒ Only electrical circuits may be connected which aresafely isolated against high voltage circuits. Safeisolation is achieved, for example, with an isolatingtransformer, an opto-electronic coupler or whenbattery-operated.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
3.7 Protection Against Dangerous Movements
Dangerous movements can be caused by faulty control of the connectedmotors. Some common examples are:
• improper or wrong wiring of cable connections
• incorrect operation of the equipment components
• wrong input of parameters before operation
• malfunction of sensors, encoders and monitoring devices
• defective components
• software or firmware errors
Dangerous movements can occur immediately after equipment isswitched on or even after an unspecified time of trouble-free operation.
The monitoring in the drive components will normally be sufficient toavoid faulty operation in the connected drives. Regarding personalsafety, especially the danger of bodily injury and material damage, thisalone cannot be relied upon to ensure complete safety. Until theintegrated monitoring functions become effective, it must be assumed inany case that faulty drive movements will occur. The extent of faultydrive movements depends upon the type of control and the state ofoperation.
3-8 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
DANGER
Dangerous movements! Danger to life, risk ofinjury, severe bodily harm or material damage!⇒ Ensure personal safety by means of qualified and
tested higher-level monitoring devices or measuresintegrated in the installation. Unintended machinemotion is possible if monitoring devices are disabled,bypassed or not activated.
⇒ Pay attention to unintended machine motion or othermalfunction in any mode of operation.
⇒ Keep free and clear of the machine’s range of motionand moving parts. Possible measures to preventpeople from accidentally entering the machine’srange of motion:- use safety fences
- use safety guards
- use protective coverings
- install light curtains or light barriers
⇒ Fences and coverings must be strong enough toresist maximum possible momentum, especially ifthere is a possibility of loose parts flying off.
⇒ Mount the emergency stop switch in the immediatereach of the operator. Verify that the emergency stopworks before startup. Don’t operate the machine ifthe emergency stop is not working.
⇒ Isolate the drive power connection by means of anemergency stop circuit or use a starting lockout toprevent unintentional start.
⇒ Make sure that the drives are brought to a safestandstill before accessing or entering the dangerzone. Safe standstill can be achieved by switching offthe power supply contactor or by safe mechanicallocking of moving parts.
⇒ Secure vertical axes against falling or dropping afterswitching off the motor power by, for example:- mechanically securing the vertical axes
- adding an external braking/ arrester/ clampingmechanism
- ensuring sufficient equilibration of the verticalaxes
The standard equipment motor brake or an externalbrake controlled directly by the drive controller arenot sufficient to guarantee personal safety!
Rexroth IndraDyn L Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
⇒ Disconnect electrical power to the equipment using amaster switch and secure the switch againstreconnection for:- maintenance and repair work
- cleaning of equipment
- long periods of discontinued equipment use
⇒ Prevent the operation of high-frequency, remotecontrol and radio equipment near electronics circuitsand supply leads. If the use of such equipmentcannot be avoided, verify the system and theinstallation for possible malfunctions in all possiblepositions of normal use before initial startup. Ifnecessary, perform a special electromagneticcompatibility (EMC) test on the installation.
3.8 Protection Against Magnetic and Electromagnetic FieldsDuring Operation and Mounting
Magnetic and electromagnetic fields generated near current-carryingconductors and permanent magnets in motors represent a serious healthhazard to persons with heart pacemakers, metal implants and hearingaids.
WARNING
Health hazard for persons with heartpacemakers, metal implants and hearing aids inproximity to electrical equipment!⇒ Persons with heart pacemakers, hearing aids and
metal implants are not permitted to enter thefollowing areas:- Areas in which electrical equipment and parts are
mounted, being operated or started up.
- Areas in which parts of motors with permanentmagnets are being stored, operated, repaired ormounted.
⇒ If it is necessary for a person with a heart pacemakerto enter such an area, then a doctor must beconsulted prior to doing so. Heart pacemakers thatare already implanted or will be implanted in thefuture, have a considerable variation in their electricalnoise immunity. Therefore there are no rules withgeneral validity.
⇒ Persons with hearing aids, metal implants or metalpieces must consult a doctor before they enter theareas described above. Otherwise, health hazardswill occur.
3-10 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
3.9 Protection Against Contact with Hot Parts
CAUTION
Housing surfaces could be extremely hot!Danger of injury! Danger of burns!⇒ Do not touch housing surfaces near sources of heat!
Danger of burns!⇒ After switching the equipment off, wait at least ten
(10) minutes to allow it to cool down before touchingit.
⇒ Do not touch hot parts of the equipment, such ashousings with integrated heat sinks and resistors.Danger of burns!
3.10 Protection During Handling and Mounting
Under certain conditions, incorrect handling and mounting of parts andcomponents may cause injuries.
CAUTION
Risk of injury by incorrect handling! Bodily harmcaused by crushing, shearing, cutting andmechanical shock!⇒ Observe general installation and safety instructions
with regard to handling and mounting.⇒ Use appropriate mounting and transport equipment.⇒ Take precautions to avoid pinching and crushing.⇒ Use only appropriate tools. If specified by the product
documentation, special tools must be used.⇒ Use lifting devices and tools correctly and safely.⇒ For safe protection wear appropriate protective
clothing, e.g. safety glasses, safety shoes and safetygloves.
⇒ Never stand under suspended loads.⇒ Clean up liquids from the floor immediately to prevent
slipping.
3.11 Battery Safety
Batteries contain reactive chemicals in a solid housing. Inappropriatehandling may result in injuries or material damage.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-11
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
CAUTION
Risk of injury by incorrect handling!⇒ Do not attempt to reactivate discharged batteries by
heating or other methods (danger of explosion andcauterization).
⇒ Never charge non-chargeable batteries (danger ofleakage and explosion).
⇒ Never throw batteries into a fire.⇒ Do not dismantle batteries.⇒ Do not damage electrical components installed in the
equipment.
Note: Be aware of environmental protection and disposal! Thebatteries contained in the product should be considered ashazardous material for land, air and sea transport in thesense of the legal requirements (danger of explosion).Dispose batteries separately from other waste. Observe thelegal requirements in the country of installation.
3.12 Protection Against Pressurized Systems
Certain motors and drive controllers, corresponding to the information inthe respective Project Planning Manual, must be provided withpressurized media, such as compressed air, hydraulic oil, cooling fluidand cooling lubricant supplied by external systems. Incorrect handling ofthe supply and connections of pressurized systems can lead to injuriesor accidents. In these cases, improper handling of external supplysystems, supply lines or connections can cause injuries or materialdamage.
CAUTION
Danger of injury by incorrect handling ofpressurized systems !⇒ Do not attempt to disassemble, to open or to cut a
pressurized system (danger of explosion).⇒ Observe the operation instructions of the respective
manufacturer.⇒ Before disassembling pressurized systems, release
pressure and drain off the fluid or gas.⇒ Use suitable protective clothing (for example safety
glasses, safety shoes and safety gloves)⇒ Remove any fluid that has leaked out onto the floor
immediately.
Note: Environmental protection and disposal! The media used inthe operation of the pressurized system equipment may notbe environmentally compatible. Media that are damaging theenvironment must be disposed separately from normal waste.Observe the legal requirements in the country of installation.
3-12 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Notes
Rexroth IndraDyn L Technical Data IndraDyn L 1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4 Technical Data IndraDyn L
4.1 Explanation to technical data
All relevant technical motor data as well as the functional principle ofthese motors are given on the following pages in terms of tables andcharacteristic curves. The following parameters will be taken intoconsideration :
• Size and length of the primary
• Type of winding of the primary
• Available power supply or DC link voltage
Note: Unless otherwise noted, all data and characteristic curves arebased on the following conditions:
• Motor-winding temperature of 135°C.
• Nominal air gap
• Cooling with water with a supply temperature of 30°C
Note: Resulting data from certain motor-controller combinations candiffer from the given data. See Chapter 10 “Motor-controllercombinations”.
Characteristic force/speed curveThe characteristic force vs. speed curve is given shows the limitingcurve. The shapes of these characteristic curves are defined by the DCbus voltage and the relevant motor-specific data, e.g. inductivity,resistance and the motor constants. Varying the DC bus voltage (usingdifferent drives, power supplies or supply voltages) and/or using differentmotor windings will result in different characteristic curves (see Fig. 4-1).
2 Technical Data IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
FVKENNLIN-MLF-EN.EPS
[1]: 3 x 400V providing an unregulated DC bus voltage, UDC = 540V(Possible with an HCS compact drive controller or with an HMS orHMD drive controller in combination with an HMV power supply)
[2]: 3 x 440V providing an unregulated DC bus voltage, UDC = 600V(Possible with an HCS compact drive controller or with an HMS orHMD drive controller in combination with an HMV power supply)
[3]: 3 x 480V providing an unregulated DC bus voltage, UDC = 650V(Possible with an HCS compact drive controller or with an HMS orHMD drive controller in combination with an HMV power supply)
[4]: 3 x 480V providing an regulated DC bus voltage, UDC = 650V(Possible with an HMS or HMD drive controller in combination withan HMV power supply)
[5]: 3 x 400....480V providing an regulated DC bus voltage, UDC = 750V(Possible with an HMS or HMD drive controller in combination withan HMV power supply)
Fig. 4-1: Characteristic force vs. Speed curve
The maximum force, FMAX, is available up to a limited velocity, vFMAX.When the velocity rises, the available DC bus voltage is reduced by thevelocity-dependent Back EMF of the motor. This leads to a reduction ofthe maximum feed force at higher velocities. The characteristic curvesare specified up to the continuous nominal force. The velocity thatbelongs to the continuous nominal force is known as nominal velocity,vN.
Note: If the connection voltages or mains voltages are different, thespecified characteristic curves can be converted linearlyaccording to the existing voltages.
Where power supply modules with unregulated DC busvoltage are concerned, voltage drops – from simultaneousacceleration of several axes, for example - must be taken intoconsideration.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Technical Data IndraDyn L 3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The following interrelations exist for the parallel connection of twoprimaries on one drive controller:
• Doubling of currents and feed forces(unless limited by the drive controller)
• Velocities vFMAX and vNENN as in single arrangement
• Same motor and voltage constants (kiF, kE)
• Halved motor resistances and inductances.
FVKENNLIN1-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 4-2: Characteristic force vs. Speed curves for single and parallelconnection of primaries to one drive controller
Note: To facilitate the commissioning of parallel connection of twoprimaries to one drive controller, this document hascorresponding selection data for motor – controllercombinations and the motor parameters (see chapter 10“Motor – Controller Combinations” and Chapter 14“Commissioning”)
Parallel connection of twoprimaries on one drive controller
4 Technical Data IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4.2 Technical data – size 040
Description Symbol Unit MLP040
Motor data 1)
Frame length A B
Winding code 0300 0150 0250 0300
Corresponding secondaries MLS040S-3A-****-NNNN
Maximum force 2) Fmax N 800 1150
Continuous nominal force FdN N 250 370
Max. current imax A 20 20 27 35
Continuous current idN A 4.2 4.2 5.3 6
Maximum speed with Fmax 3) vFmax m/min 300 150 250 300
Nominal velocity 3) vN m/min 500 300 400 500
Force constant KiFN N/A 60 88 70 62
Voltage constant 4) KEMF Vs/m in preparation
Winding resistance at 20°C R12 Ohm 8.6 i.p. i.p. 5.1
Winding inductivety L12 mH 54.2 i.p. i.p. 33.2
Minimum cross-section of connection cable 5) APL mm² 1
Rated power loss PvN W 400 550
Nominal air gap δ mm 1.0 ±0.4
Attractive force 6) FATT N 1200 1700
Mass of primary - standard encapsulation mPS kg 4.7 6.1
Mass of primary - thermal encapsulation mPT kg 6.1 8.1
Unit mass if secondary mS kg/m 5.4
Required coolant flow ∆ϑN 10) Qmin l/min 0.57 0.79
standard encapsulation 0.16 0.16Pressure loss constant 7)
thermal encapsulationkdp
0.16 0.16standard encapsulation 0.06 0.10
Pressure loss at QNthermal encapsulation
∆p bar0.06 0.11
Coolant inlet temperature 8) ϑin °C +15...+40
Temperature rise at PvN 9) ∆ϑN K 10
Thermal time constant Tth min in preparation
Permissible temperature of secondary TSmax °C 70
Permissible ambient temperature Tum °C 0...+45
Permissible storage and transport temperature TL °C -10...+60
Protection class IP65
Insulation class acc. to DIN VDE 0530-1 F
Housing surface of primary-FT-: Priming black (RAL 9005)-FS-: stainless steel blank / priming black (RAL 9005)
1) The measured values are effective values acc. to IEC 60034-1, unless other values are given. Reference value is 540 VDC.2) The maximum obtainable force depends on the drive controller.3) The obtain velocity depends on the DC bus voltage.4) EMF=Electromagnetic force. Effective value refer to 1 min-1.5) Dimensioned to EN 60204-1(1993), laying system B2 and conversion factor for Bosch Rexroth cable at 40°C environmental
temperature. When using other cables, other cross-sections may be required. For additional notes to connection and power cablessee Chapter 8.1.
6) Nominal air gap between primary and secondary, No voltage applied to primary, see Chapter 9.5.7) Coolant medium is water. Actual pressure loss is dependent on the coolant flow, see Chapter 9.6.8) The coolant inlet temperature may be max. 5°K under the ambient temperature due to danger of condensation!9) Operation with liquid cooling using water as coolant with a supply temperature of 30°C.10) For further notes see Chapter 9.6 “Motor coolant, flow rate“.
Fig. 4-3: Data sheet motor size 040
Rexroth IndraDyn L Technical Data IndraDyn L 5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4.3 Technical data – size 070
Description Symbol Unit MLP070Motor data 1)
Frame length A B
Winding code 0150 0220 0300 0100 0120 0150 0250 0300
Corresponding secondaries MLS070S-3A-****-NNNN
Maximum force 2) Fmax N 2000 2600
Continuous nominal force FdN N 630 820
Max. current imax A 27 35 55 28 42 48 55 70
Continuous current idN A 5.3 6.3 10.5 5.5 5.8 6.2 10 12
Maximum speed with Fmax 3) vFmax m/mi 150 220 300 100 120 150 250 300
Nominal velocity 3) vN m/mi 250 360 450 200 220 260 400 450
Force constant KiFN N/A 119 100 60 149 141 132 82 68
Voltage constant 4) KEMF Vs/ i.p. i.p. 20 i.p. 80 i.p. i.p. i.p.
Winding resistance at 20°C R12 Ohm i.p. i.p. 2.8 i.p. 9.2 i.p. i.p. i.p.
Winding inductivety L12 mH i.p. i.p. 14.3 i.p. 51.6 i.p. i.p. i.p.
Minimum cross-section of connection cable 5) APL mm² 1
Rated power loss PvN W 780 900
Nominal air gap δ mm 1.0 ±0.4
Attractive force 6) FATT N 2900 3750
Mass of primary - standard encapsulation mPS kg 8.4 10.4
Mass of primary - thermal encapsulation mPT kg 10.9 13.4
Unit mass if secondary mS kg/m 9.4
Required coolant flow ∆ϑN 10) Qmin l/min 1.12 1.29
standard encapsulation 0.18 0.18Pressure loss constant 7)
thermal encapsulationkdp
0.18 0.18standard encapsulation 0.22 0.28
Pressure loss at QNthermal encapsulation
∆p bar0.22 0.29
Coolant inlet temperature 8) ϑin °C +15...+40
Temperature rise at PvN 9) ∆ϑN K 10
Thermal time constant Tth min 6 5.7
Permissible temperature of secondary TSmax °C 70
Permissible ambient temperature Tum °C 0...+45
Permissible storage and transport temperature TL °C -10...+60
Protection class IP65
Insulation class acc. to DIN VDE 0530-1 F
Housing surface of primary-FT-: Priming black (RAL 9005)-FS-: stainless steel blank / priming black (RAL 9005)
1) The measured values are effective values acc. to IEC 60034-1, unless other values are given. Reference value is 540 VDC.2) The maximum obtainable force depends on the drive controller.3) The obtain velocity depends on the DC bus voltage.4) EMF=Electromagnetic force. Effective value refer to 1 min-1.5) Dimensioned to EN 60204-1(1993), laying system B2 and conversion factor for Bosch Rexroth cable at 40°C environmental
temperature. When using other cables, other cross-sections may be required. For additional notes to connection and power cablessee Chapter 8.1.
6) Nominal air gap between primary and secondary, No voltage applied to primary, see Chapter 9.5.7) Coolant medium is water. Actual pressure loss is dependent on the coolant flow, see Chapter 9.6.8) The coolant inlet temperature may be max. 5°K under the ambient temperature due to danger of condensation!9) Operation with liquid cooling using water as coolant with a supply temperature of 30°C.10) For further notes see Chapter 9.6 “Motor coolant, flow rate“.
Fig. 4-4: Data sheet motor size 070(1/2)
6 Technical Data IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Description Symbol Unit MLP070
Motor data 1)
Frame length C
Winding code 0120 0150 0240 0300
Corresponding secondaries MLS070S-3A-****-NNNN
Maximum force 2) Fmax N 3800
Continuous nominal force FdN N 1200
Max. current imax A 55 62 70 110
Continuous current idN A 8.9 10 13 19
Maximum speed with Fmax 3) vFmax m/min 120 150 240 300
Nominal velocity 3) vN m/min 180 250 350 450
Force constant KiFN N/A 135 120 92 63
Voltage constant 4) KEMF Vs/m 78 i.p. i.p. i.p.
Winding resistance at 20°C R12 Ohm 5.7 i.p. i.p. 1.5
Winding inductivety L12 mH 33.9 i.p. i.p. 12.3
Minimum cross-section of connection cable 5) APL mm² 1 2.5
Rated power loss PvN W 1100
Nominal air gap δ mm 1.0 ±0.4
Attractive force 6) FATT N 5500
Mass of primary - standard encapsulation mPS kg 14.5
Mass of primary - thermal encapsulation mPT kg 18.4
Unit mass if secondary mS kg/m 9.4
Required coolant flow ∆ϑN 10) Qmin l/min 1.58
standard encapsulation 0.19Pressure loss constant 7)
thermal encapsulationkdp
0.19standard encapsulation 0.43
Pressure loss at QNthermal encapsulation
∆p bar0.43
Coolant inlet temperature 8) ϑin °C +15...+40
Temperature rise at PvN 9) ∆ϑN K 10
Thermal time constant Tth min 7.5
Permissible temperature of secondary TSmax °C 70
Permissible ambient temperature Tum °C 0...+45
Permissible storage and transport temperature TL °C -10...+60
Protection class IP65
Insulation class acc. to DIN VDE 0530-1 F
Housing surface of primary-FT-: Priming black (RAL 9005)-FS-: stainless steel blank / priming black (RAL 9005)
1) The measured values are effective values acc. to IEC 60034-1, unless other values are given. Reference value is 540 VDC.2) The maximum obtainable force depends on the drive controller.3) The obtain velocity depends on the DC bus voltage.4) EMF=Electromagnetic force. Effective value refer to 1 min-1.5) Dimensioned to EN 60204-1(1993), laying system B2 and conversion factor for Bosch Rexroth cable at 40°C environmental
temperature. When using other cables, other cross-sections may be required. For additional notes to connection and power cablessee Chapter 8.1.
6) Nominal air gap between primary and secondary, No voltage applied to primary, see Chapter 9.5.7) Coolant medium is water. Actual pressure loss is dependent on the coolant flow, see Chapter 9.6.8) The coolant inlet temperature may be max. 5°K under the ambient temperature due to danger of condensation!9) Operation with liquid cooling using water as coolant with a supply temperature of 30°C.10) For further notes see Chapter 9.6 “Motor coolant, flow rate“.
Fig. 4-5: Data sheet motor size 070(2/2)
Rexroth IndraDyn L Technical Data IndraDyn L 7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4.4 Technical data – size 100
Description Symbol Unit MLP100
Motor data 1)
Frame length A B C
Winding code 0090 0120 0150 0190 0120 0250 0090 0120 0190
Corresponding secondaries MLS100S-3A-****-NNNN
Maximum force 2) Fmax N 3750 5600 7150
Continuous nominal force FdN N 1180 1785 2310
Max. current imax A 38 44 55 70 70 130 70 85 140
Continuous current idN A 6.6 8 10 12 12 22 13 15 23
Maximum speed with Fmax 3) vFmax m/mi 90 120 150 190 120 250 90 120 190
Nominal velocity 3) vN m/mi 150 190 220 290 190 350 170 190 290
Force constant KiFN N/A 169 148 118 98 149 81 178 154 100
Voltage constant 4) KEMF Vs/ i.p. i.p. i.p. i.p. 87 i.p. i.p. 89 i.p.
Winding resistance at 20°C R12 Ohm 8.8 8 i.p. i.p. 4.45 i.p. i.p. 3.8 i.p.
Winding inductivety L12 mH 55 49 i.p. i.p. 25 i.p. i.p. 21.1 i.p.
Minimum cross-section of connection cable 5) APL mm² 1 2.5 1 1.5 4
Rated power loss PvN W 900 1300 1600
Nominal air gap δ mm 1.0 ±0.4
Attractive force 6) FATT N 5400 8000 10400
Mass of primary - standard encapsulation mPS kg 13.5 18.7 24
Mass of primary - thermal encapsulation mPT kg 17 23.3 29.7
Unit mass if secondary mS kg/m 13.4
Required coolant flow ∆ϑN 10) Qmin l/min 1.29 1.87 2.3
standard encapsulation 0.19 0.18 0.19Pressure loss constant 7)
thermal encapsulationkdp
0.19 0.18 0.19standard encapsulation 0.29 0.52 0.8
Pressure loss at QNthermal encapsulation
∆p bar0.3 0.54 0.82
Coolant inlet temperature 8) ϑin °C +15...+40
Temperature rise at PvN 9) ∆ϑN K 10
Thermal time constant Tth min i.p. 7 6.8
Permissible temperature of secondary TSmax °C 70
Permissible ambient temperature Tum °C 0...+45
Permissible storage and transport temperature TL °C -10...+60
Protection class IP65
Insulation class acc. to DIN VDE 0530-1 F
Housing surface of primary-FT-: Priming black (RAL 9005)-FS-: stainless steel blank / priming black (RAL 9005)
1) The measured values are effective values acc. to IEC 60034-1, unless other values are given. Reference value is 540 VDC.2) The maximum obtainable force depends on the drive controller.3) The obtain velocity depends on the DC bus voltage.4) EMF=Electromagnetic force. Effective value refer to 1 min-1.5) Dimensioned to EN 60204-1(1993), laying system B2 and conversion factor for Bosch Rexroth cable at 40°C environmental
temperature. When using other cables, other cross-sections may be required. For additional notes to connection and power cablessee Chapter 8.1.
6) Nominal air gap between primary and secondary, No voltage applied to primary, see Chapter 9.5.7) Coolant medium is water. Actual pressure loss is dependent on the coolant flow, see Chapter 9.6.8) The coolant inlet temperature may be max. 5°K under the ambient temperature due to danger of condensation!9) Operation with liquid cooling using water as coolant with a supply temperature of 30°C.10) For further notes see Chapter 9.6 “Motor coolant, flow rate“.
Fig. 4-6: Data sheet size 100
8 Technical Data IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4.5 Technical data – size 140
Description Symbol Unit MLP140
Motor data 1)
Frame length A B C
Winding code 0120 0090 0120 0050 0120 0170
Corresponding secondaries MLS140S-3A-****-NNNN
Maximum force 2) Fmax N 5200 7650 10000
Continuous nominal force FdN N 1680 2415 3150
Max. current imax A 70 70 105 70 125 140
Continuous current idN A 12 13 18 13 21 29
Maximum speed with Fmax 3) vFmax m/min 120 90 120 50 120 170
Nominal velocity 3) vN m/min 190 160 190 110 190 250
Force constant KiFN N/A 140 186 134 242 150 109
Voltage constant 4) KEMF Vs/m i.p. i.p. i.p. i.p. i.p. i.p.
Winding resistance at 20°C R12 Ohm 4 i.p. 2.6 i.p. 2.6 i.p.
Winding inductivety L12 mH 28.2 i.p. 19.8 i.p. 12.3 i.p.
Minimum cross-section of connection cable 5) APL mm² 1 2.5 1 2.5 4
Rated power loss PvN W 1300 1700 2000
Nominal air gap δ mm 1.0 ±0.4
Attractive force 6) FATT N 7500 11000 14400
Mass of primary - standard encapsulation mPS kg 17 24.5 32
Mass of primary - thermal encapsulation mPT kg 21.2 30.1 38.9
Unit mass if secondary mS kg/m 18.8
Required coolant flow ∆ϑN 10) Qmin l/min 1.87 2.44 2.87
standard encapsulation 0.18 0.18 0.18Pressure loss constant 7)
thermal encapsulationkdp
0.19 0.19 0.19standard encapsulation 0.54 0.87 1.15
Pressure loss at QNthermal encapsulation
∆p bar0.56 0.89 1.18
Coolant inlet temperature 8) ϑin °C +15...+40
Temperature rise at PvN 9) ∆ϑN K 10
Thermal time constant Tth min in preparation
Permissible temperature of secondary TSmax °C 70
Permissible ambient temperature Tum °C 0...+45
Permissible storage and transport temperature TL °C -10...+60
Protection class IP65
Insulation class acc. to DIN VDE 0530-1 F
Housing surface of primary-FT-: Priming black (RAL 9005)-FS-: stainless steel blank / priming black (RAL 9005)
1) The measured values are effective values acc. to IEC 60034-1, unless other values are given. Reference value is 540 VDC.2) The maximum obtainable force depends on the drive controller.3) The obtain velocity depends on the DC bus voltage.4) EMF=Electromagnetic force. Effective value refer to 1 min-1.5) Dimensioned to EN 60204-1(1993), laying system B2 and conversion factor for Bosch Rexroth cable at 40°C environmental
temperature. When using other cables, other cross-sections may be required. For additional notes to connection and power cablessee Chapter 8.1.
6) Nominal air gap between primary and secondary, No voltage applied to primary, see Chapter 9.5.7) Coolant medium is water. Actual pressure loss is dependent on the coolant flow, see Chapter 9.6.8) The coolant inlet temperature may be max. 5°K under the ambient temperature due to danger of condensation!9) Operation with liquid cooling using water as coolant with a supply temperature of 30°C.10) For further notes see Chapter 9.6 “Motor coolant, flow rate“.
Fig. 4-7: Data sheet size 140
Rexroth IndraDyn L Technical Data IndraDyn L 9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4.6 Technical data – size 200
Description Symbol Unit MLP200
Motor data 1)
Frame length A B C D
Winding code 0090 0120 0040 0120 0090 0120 0170 0060 0100 0120
Corresponding secondaries MLS200S-3A-****-NNNN
Maximum force 2) Fmax N 7450 10900 14250 17750
Continuous nominal force FdN N 2415 3465 4460 5560
Max. current imax A 70 88 70 130 140 175 210 140 210 225
Continuous current idN A 13 16 13 22 29 30 46 28 46 53
Maximum speed with Fmax 3) vFmax m/mi 90 120 40 120 90 120 170 60 100 120
Nominal velocity 3) vN m/mi 170 190 100 190 170 190 220 140 180 190
Force constant KiFN N/A 186 151 267 158 147 142 92 199 121 105
Voltage constant 4) KEMF Vs/ in preparation
Winding resistance at 20°C R12 Ohm i.p. 2.3 i.p. 1.7 i.p. 2.7 i.p. i.p. i.p. 1.3
Winding inductivety L12 mH i.p. 10.9 i.p. 16.4 i.p. 13.1 i.p. i.p. i.p. 12.4
Minimum cross-section of connection cable 5) APL mm² 1 2.5 1 2.5 4 6 10 4 10 10
Rated power loss PvN W 1700 2200 2700 3000
Nominal air gap δ mm 1.0 ±0.4
Attractive force 6) FATT N 10700 15600 20500 25400
Mass of primary - standard encapsulation mPS kg 23 33 42 51
Mass of primary - thermal encapsulation mPT kg 28.3 40 50.7 61.3
Unit mass if secondary mS kg/m 26.9
Required coolant flow ∆ϑN 10) Qmin l/min 2.44 3.16 3.88 4.31
standard encapsulation 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.19Pressure loss constant 7)
thermal encapsulationkdp
0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19standard encapsulation 0.88 1.38 1.99 2.4
Pressure loss at QNthermal encapsulation
∆p bar0.9 1.41 2.04 2.45
Coolant inlet temperature 8) ϑin °C +15...+40
Temperature rise at PvN 9) ∆ϑN K 10
Thermal time constant Tth min in preparation
Permissible temperature of secondary TSmax °C 70
Permissible ambient temperature Tum °C 0...+45
Permissible storage and transport temperature TL °C -10...+60
Protection class IP65
Insulation class acc. to DIN VDE 0530-1 F
Housing surface of primary-FT-: Priming black (RAL 9005)-FS-: stainless steel blank / priming black (RAL 9005)
1) The measured values are effective values acc. to IEC 60034-1, unless other values are given. Reference value is 540 VDC.2) The maximum obtainable force depends on the drive controller.3) The obtain velocity depends on the DC bus voltage.4) EMF=Electromagnetic force. Effective value refer to 1 min-1.5) Dimensioned to EN 60204-1(1993), laying system B2 and conversion factor for Bosch Rexroth cable at 40°C environmental
temperature. When using other cables, other cross-sections may be required. For additional notes to connection and power cablessee Chapter 8.1.
6) Nominal air gap between primary and secondary, No voltage applied to primary, see Chapter 9.5.7) Coolant medium is water. Actual pressure loss is dependent on the coolant flow, see Chapter 9.6.8) The coolant inlet temperature may be max. 5°K under the ambient temperature due to danger of condensation!9) Operation with liquid cooling using water as coolant with a supply temperature of 30°C.10) For further notes see Chapter 9.6 “Motor coolant, flow rate“.
Fig. 4-8: Data sheet size 200
10 Technical Data IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4.7 Technical data – size 300
Description Symbol Unit MLP300
Motordaten 1)
Frame length A B C
Winding code 0090 0120 0070 0120 0060 0090
Corresponding secondaries MLS300S-3A-****-NNNN
Maximum force 2) Fmax N 11000 16300 21500
Continuous nominal force FdN N 3520 5150 6720
Max. current imax A 110 138 140 205 140 212
Continuous current idN A 19 23 28 35 29 37
Maximum speed with Fmax 3) vFmax m/min 90 120 70 120 60 90
Nominal velocity 3) vN m/min 160 190 140 190 110 150
Force constant KiFN N/A 176 146 184 147 232 182
Voltage constant 4) KEMF Vs/m i.p. i.p. i.p. i.p. i.p. i.p.
Winding resistance at 20°C R12 Ohm i.p. 2 i.p. 1.3 i.p. 1
Winding inductivety L12 mH i.p. 20.8 i.p. 13.6 i.p. 9.9
Minimum cross-section of connection cable 5) APL mm² 2.5 4 4 6 4 6
Rated power loss PvN W 2200 2900 3200
Nominal air gap δ mm 1.0 ±0.4
Attractive force 6) FATT N 16000 23400 30700
Mass of primary - standard encapsulation mPS kg 33 48 62
Mass of primary - thermal encapsulation mPT kg 40.8 58.3 74.9
Unit mass if secondary mS kg/m 45.4
Required coolant flow ∆ϑN 10) Qmin l/min 3.16 4.17 4.6
standard encapsulation 0.19 0.19 0.19Pressure loss constant 7)
thermal encapsulationkdp
0.19 0.19 0.19standard encapsulation 1.41 2.29 2.72
Pressure loss at QNthermal encapsulation
∆p bar1.44 2.34 2.78
Coolant inlet temperature 8) ϑin °C +15...+40
Temperature rise at PvN 9) ∆ϑN K 10
Thermal time constant Tth min in preparation
Permissible temperature of secondary TSmax °C 70
Permissible ambient temperature Tum °C 0...+45
Permissible storage and transport temperatur TL °C -10...+60
Protection class IP65
Insulation class acc. to DIN VDE 0530-1 F
Housing surface of primary-FT-: Priming black (RAL 9005)-FS-: stainless steel blank / priming black (RAL 9005)
1) The measured values are effective values acc. to IEC 60034-1, unless other values are given. Reference value is 540 VDC.2) The maximum obtainable force depends on the drive controller.3) The obtain velocity depends on the DC bus voltage.4) EMF=Electromagnetic force. Effective value refer to 1 min-1.5) Dimensioned to EN 60204-1(1993), laying system B2 and conversion factor for Bosch Rexroth cable at 40°C environmental
temperature. When using other cables, other cross-sections may be required. For additional notes to connection and power cablessee Chapter 8.1.
6) Nominal air gap between primary and secondary, No voltage applied to primary, see Chapter 9.5.7) Coolant medium is water. Actual pressure loss is dependent on the coolant flow, see Chapter 9.6.8) The coolant inlet temperature may be max. 5°K under the ambient temperature due to danger of condensation!9) Operation with liquid cooling using water as coolant with a supply temperature of 30°C.10) For further notes see Chapter 9.6 “Motor coolant, flow rate“.
Fig. 4-9: Data sheet size 300
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
5 Dimensions, installation dimension and -tolerances
5.1 Installation tolerances
In order to ensure a constant force along the entire travel length, adefined air gap height must be guaranteed. For this purpose, theindividual parts of the motor (primary and secondary) are toleratedaccordingly. The distance of the mounting surface, the parallelism andthe symmetry of the primary and secondary of the linear motor in themachine must be within a certain tolerance above the entire travellength. Any deformations that result from weight, attractive forces andprocess forces must be taken into account. A deviation of the specifiednominal air gap may lead
• to a reduction or modification of the specified performance data,
• to a contact between the primary and the secondary and thus todamaged and destroyed motor components.
For the installation of the motors into the machine structure, BoschRexroth specifies a defined installation height including tolerances (seeinstallation size L1 in Fig. 5-1). Thus, the specified size and tolerances ofthe air gap are maintained automatically – even if individual motorcomponents are replaced.
Size Primary Design Primary DesignSecondary
InstallationHeight
L1
MeasurableAir Gap L2
40, 070, 100, 140, 200 standardencapsulation
61,4 +0,1
300 standardencapsulation
63,4 +0,1
040, 070, 100, 140, 200 thermalencapsulation
73,9 +0,1
300 thermalencapsulation
MLSxxxS-*
77,9 +0,1
1,0 ± 0,4
Fig. 5-1: Mounting Sizes and Tolerances
5-2 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Figure 5-2 defines the parallelism and symmetry between primary andsecondary to be kept.
PARALSYSM-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 5-2: Parallelism and symmetry between primary and secondary
Note: The specified installation height with the correspondingtolerances has to be observed absolutely.
Parallelism and symmetrybetween primary and secondary
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
5.2 Mounting Sizes
Size 040, primary in standard encapsulation
mlp040-standard.tif
Fig. 5-3: Size 040, primary in standard encapsulation
5-4 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 040, primary in thermal encapsulation
mlp040-thermo.tif
Fig. 5-4: Size 040, primary in thermal encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 040, secondary
mls040.tif
Fig. 5-5: Size 040, secondary
5-6 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 070, primary in standard encapsulation
mlp070-standard.tif
Fig. 5-6: Size 070, primary in standard encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 070, primary in thermal encapsulation
mlp070-thermo.tif
Fig. 5-7: Size 070, primary in thermal encapsulation
5-8 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 070, secondary
mls070.tif
Fig. 5-8: Size 070, secondary
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 100, primary in standard encapsulation
mlp100-standard.tif
Fig. 5-9: Size 100, primary in standard encapsulation
5-10 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 100, primary in thermal encapsulation
mlp100-thermo.tif
Fig. 5-10: Size 100, primary in thermal encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-11
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 100, secondary
mls100.tif
Fig. 5-11: Size 100, secondary
5-12 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 140, primary in standard encapsulation
mlp140-standard.tif
Fig. 5-12: Size 140, primary in standard encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-13
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 140, primary in thermal encapsulation
mlp140-thermo.tif
Fig. 5-13: Size 140, primary in thermal encapsulation
5-14 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 140, secondary
mls140.tif
Fig. 5-14: Size 140, secondary
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-15
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 200, primary in standard encapsulation
mlp200-fs.tif
Fig. 5-15: Size 200, primary in standard encapsulation
5-16 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 200, primary in thermal encapsulation
mlp200-ft.tif
Fig. 5-16: Size 200, primary in thermal encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-17
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 200, secondary
mls200.tif
Fig. 5-17: Size 200, secondary
5-18 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 300, primary in standard encapsulation
mlp300-standard.tif
Fig. 5-18: Size 300, primary in standard encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances 5-19
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 300, primary in thermal encapsulation
mlp300-thermo.tif
Fig. 5-19: Size 300, primary in thermal encapsulation
5-20 Dimensions, installation dimension and - tolerances Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Size 300, secondary
mls300.tif
Fig. 5-20: Size 300, secondary
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
6 Type codes for the IndraDyn L
6.1 Description
The type code describes the available motor variations. It is the basis forselecting and ordering products from BOSCH REXROTH. This applies toboth new products as well as spare parts and repairs.
IndraDyn L is the overall product designation for synchronous linearmotors. This designation describes the whole system, which consists ofa primary and a secondary. As linear motors are kit motors, theprimaries and secondaries each have their own additional, unambiguousthree-letter abbreviations: MLP and MLS, respectively.
IndraDynL_Bausatz_EN.EPS
Fig. 6-1: Abbreviations for IndraDyn L motor and components
The following figures give an example of motor type codes for theprimary and secondary. The type code allows you to exactly define theindividual parts, e.g. for orders.
The following description gives an overview of the separate positions ofthe type code and their meanings.
Note: When selecting a product, always consider the detailedspecifications in Chapter 4 “Technical Data” and Chapter 9“Notes Regarding Applications”.
2 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Type code of the Primary – The MLP
!""#"$" ! %#&'"$" %
( )# *
+ ,## -#-$#&"#.$"# *
! " ****
# $%
( + ( +
( +
( +
/0"&$1
&''(
' ' ! ' * * ' * * * *
)
&
*
!"#.$"#!#&"#.$"#2!""#"$"#%#&'"$"3/#"!#)& 2-#&"453
)&
*
/0"&$1
INN-41-43-Muster2.EPS
Fig. 6-2: Example of a type code for an MLP100 primary
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Subcomponent MLPMLP is the designation of the primary part of an IndraDyn L motor.
2. Motor Frame SizeThe motor frame size is derived from the active magnet width of thesecondary and represents different power ranges.
3. Motor Frame LengthWithin a frame size, the graduation of increasing motor frame length isindicated by ID letters in alphabetic order.
Frame lengths are, for example, A, B, or C.
4. Winding CodeThe numbers of the winding code describe the obtainable maximumspeed, Fmax in m/min.
5. CoolingIn general, the primary of the IndraDyn L motors are provided with liquidcooling for operation and thus only available with liquid cooling.
6. Encapselation• S = standard encapsulation stainless steel encapsulation with the
liquid cooling integrated into the back of the motor to dissipate thelost heat.
• T = thermal encapsulation: stainless steel encapsulation withadditional liquid cooling on the back of the motor and additionalconductive plates for optimal thermal decoupling from the machineframe.
7. Motor encoderThe feedback system is not in the scope of delivery of Bosch Rexrothand has to be provided and mounted by the machine manufacturerhimself.
8. Electric connectionThe primaries of IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors are fitted with ahighly-flexible shielded cable. The power cable is brought out throughthe front of the primary and is fixed to it.
9. Other typesThese fields for future use.
Positions 1 2 3
Positions 4 5 6
Positions 7
Positions 9 10 11 12
Position 14
Position 15
Positions 17 18
Positions 19 20
Positions 22 23 24 25
4 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Type code of the Secondary – The MLS
! "# $#$
# %$
& '" & '" ! !& '" & &
! "(
#$%
! & ( ) * ! & ( ) *
! & ( ) *
! & ( ) *
!
+',
&''(
- - -
. $/' 0-$/' 1# #/ ".23%1
! &
',
RNC-41431-Muster2.EPS
Fig. 6-3: Example of a type code for an MLS100 secondary
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Subcomponents MLSMLS is the designation of the secondary part of an IndraDyn L motor.
2. Motor Frame SizeThe motor frame size is derived from the active magnet width of thesecondary and represents different power ranges.
3. TypeS = secondary
4. Mechanical designThe number 3 indicates that the secondary will be bolted along the outeredge of the secondary.
5. Mechanical protectionTo ensure the utmost operation reliability, the permanent magnets of thesecondary are protected against corrosion, coolants, oil and mechanicaldamage by an integrated, stainless-steel cover plate.
6. Segment lengthSecondary segments are available in 150mm, 450mm and 600mmlengths.
7. Other typesThese fields for future use.
Positions 1 2 3
Positions 4 5 6
Position 7
Position 9
Position 10
Positions 12 13 14 15
Positions 17 18 19 20
6 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
6.2 Type code for IndraDyn L 040
! " #$
! $ %#%#!
% &"
! "#'
$ ( ) *
% "+ ,"-- .*
& '/ ****
( #)
( + ( +
( +
( +
/0"&$1
&''(
' ' ! ' * * ' * * * *
*
+
0 1)"0-231
*+
INN-41-43-T04-01-M05-MLP2.EPS
Fig. 6-4: Type code for primary 040
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
,#!
4")) !
#% )3
! ' "% %' " % %'! "' '
$ '( ****
( #)
! ' ( + /% ! ' ( + /
% ! ' ( + /
!% ! ' ( + /
%
4 5
+--.
! % * * * *
0 1))"0-231
RNC-41430-402_NOR_E_D0_2003-06-162.EPS
Fig. 6-5: Type code for secondary 040
8 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
6.3 Type code IndraDyn L 070
( (
! " #$#.
( %##! ($ ##%#%#! ! (. #%# #!
% &"
! "#' '
$ ( ) *
% "+ ,"-- .*
& '/ ****
( #)(
( + ( +
( +
( +
/0"&$1
&''(
( ' ' % ' * * ' * * * *
0 1)"0-231
*
+
*+
INN-41-43-T07-01-M06-MLP2.EPS
Fig. 6-6: Type code for primary 070
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
( (
,#!
4")) !
#% )3
! ' "% %' " % %'! "' '
$ '( ****
( #)(
! ' ( + /% ! ' ( + /
% ! ' ( + /
!% ! ' ( + /
%
4 5
+--.
( ! % * * * *
0 1))"0-231
RNC-41430-702_NOR_E_D0_2003-06-162.EPS
Fig. 6-7: Type code for secondary 070
10 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
6.4 Type code for IndraDyn L 100
! " #$#.
#%#/ $ #% ! . /##/
% &"
! "#' '
$ ( ) *
% "+ ,"-- .*
& '/ ****
( #)
( + ( +
( +
( +
/0"&$1
&''(
' ' ! ' * * ' * * * *
*
+
0 1)"0-231
*+
INN-41-43-T10-01-M06-MLP2.EPS
Fig. 6-8: Type code for primary 0100
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 11
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
,#!
4")) !
#% )3
! ' "% %' " % %'! "' '
$ '( ****
( #)
! ' ( + /% ! ' ( + /
% ! ' ( + /
!% ! ' ( + /
%
4 5
+--.
! % * * * *
0 1))"0-231
RNC-41431-002_NOR_E_D0_2003-06-122.EPS
Fig. 6-9: Type code for secondary 0100
12 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
6.5 Type code for IndraDyn L 140
! " #$#.
$ /# ! . %##(
% &"
! "#' '
$ ( ) *
% "+ ,"-- .*
& '/ ****
( #)
( + ( +
( +
( +
/0"&$1
&''(
' ' ! ' * * ' * * * *
*
+
0 1)"0-231
*+
INN-41-43-T14-01-M06-MLP2.EPS
Fig. 6-10: Type code for primary 0140
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 13
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
,#!
4")) !
#% )3
! ' "% %' " % %'! "' '
$ '( ****
( #)
! ' ( + /% ! ' ( + /
% ! ' ( + /
!% ! ' ( + /
%
4 5
+--.
! % * * * *
0 1))"0-231
RNC-41431-402_NOR_E_D0_2003-06-122.EPS
Fig. 6-11: Type code for secondary 0140
14 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
6.6 Type code for IndraDyn L 200
! " #$#.#6
/# $ # ! . /##( 6 '##
% &"
! "#' '
$ ( ) *
% "+ ,"-- .*
& '/ ****
( #)
( + ( +
( +
( +
/0"&$1
&''(
' ' ! ' * * ' * * * *
*
+
0 1)"0-231
*+
INN-41-43-T20-01-M05-MLP2.EPS
Fig. 6-12: Type code for primary 0200
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 15
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
,#!
4")) !
#% )3
! ' "% %' " % %'! "' '
$ '( ****
( #)
! ' ( + /% ! ' ( + /
% ! ' ( + /
!% ! ' ( + /
%
4 5
+--.
! % * * * *
0 1))"0-231
RNC-41432-002_NOR_E_D0_2003-06-122.EPS
Fig. 6-13: Type code for secondary 0200
16 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
6.7 Type code for IndraDyn L 300
! !
! " #$#.
! /# !$ (# ! !. '#/
% &"
! "#'
$ ( ) *
% "+ .2"-- .*
& '/ ****
( #)!
( + ( +
( +
( +
/0"&$1
&''(
' ' % ' * * ' * * * *
*
+
0 1)"0-231
*+
INN-41-43-T30-01-M03-MLP2.EPS
Fig. 6-14: Type code for primary 0300
Rexroth IndraDyn L Type codes for the IndraDyn L 17
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
! !
,#!
4" ) !
#% )3
! ' "% %' " % %'! "' '
$ '( ****
( #)!
! & ( ) * ! & ( ) *
! & ( ) *
! & ( ) *
!
+',
&''(
- - -
0 1))"0-231
RNC-41433-002_NOR_E_D0_2003-06-122.EPS
Fig. 6-15: Type code for secondary 0300
18 Type codes for the IndraDyn L Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Rexroth IndraDyn L Accessories and Options 7-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
7 Accessories and Options
7.1 Hall sensor box
The SHL01.1 hall sensor box is an optional component for drivecontrollers with incremental measuring systems and Bosch RexrothIndraDyn L motors.
When using an incremental measuring system without an SHL box, theaxis must be commutated every time the drive is powered up. This isdue to a drive-internal procedure. Without determining the propercommutation, the motor cannot be operated. An SHL box eliminates thisnecessity.
Note: The commutation is determined automatically during thephase step up by the SHL-Box. Therefore, no power switch-on is necessary.
Possible applications are, for example
• Commutation of motors on vertically axes,
• Commutation of motors which should not move for safety reasonsduring the commutation process .
• Gantry-arrangement of the motors.
SHL hall-effect-sensor boxes can be delivered
• ex works, as accessory of an IndraDyn L motor,
• as a spare part for retrofitting existing machines with IndraDyn Lmotors and IndraDyn or Ecodrive drive controllers.
Note: With the appropriate firmware, DIAX04-type controllers arealso compatible with the SHL hall-effect-sensor boxes.
Hallbox10.EPS
Fig. 7-1: Accessory SHL01.1
7-2 Accessories and Options Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Schematic assembly
!
%'
(+
/
!
%'
(+
/
7
!
!
%'
(+
/
!
!
%'(+
%'
(+
!
%'
(+
!
89 !(
/
:
Hallbox1.EPS
1: Control 4: Secondary2: Control unit 5: Primary3: Linear scale 6: SHL Hall-effect-sensor box
with cableFig. 7-2: Schematic assembly of IndraDyn L and SHL box
Note: Notice the notes within the “SHL01.1, Functional description”documentation, part-No. R911292537.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Electrical connection 8-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
8 Electrical connection
8.1 Power connection
Connection cable on the primaryIndraDyn L motor primaries are fitted with a two-meter, flexible, shieldedpower cable.
,0 1211
; ;
)
)'
*+*,*- **!*.*/01/2
,2,3%4 1
ANSCHLKAB-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-1: Design of power cable for the primary of the IndraDyn L, the MLP
The following overview gives the technical data of the power cables foreach motor size.
Motor FrameSize
Power cable onthe primary
Cross-section ofpower
conductors
Cross-section ofcontroller
conductors
Cross-section ofcable
Bending radiusof cable
MLP040x-xxxx INK653 1.0 mm² 0.75 mm² 12 mm 72 mm
MLP070x-xxxx INK603 4.0 mm² 16.3 mm 100 mm
MLP100x-xxxxMLP140x-xxxxMLP200A-xxxxMLP200B-xxxxMLP200C-0090MLP200C-0120MLP200D-0060
INK604 6.0 mm² 18.5 mm 110 mm
MLP200C-0170MLP200D-0100MLP200D-0120MLP300x-xxxx
INK605 10.0 mm²
1.0 or 1.5 mm²
22.2 mm 130 mm
Fig. 8-2: Power cable data for IndraDyn L primaries
8-2 Electrical connection Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The power cable which is connected to the primary has flying leadsterminated with ferrules (see Fig. 8-1). This power cable may not beexposed to dynamic bending forces (repeated flexing). The power cableon the primary should therefore never be laid in a moving cable track.
We recommend ridgidly laying the cable and terminating it with
• a flange socket
• a connection coupling or
• a terminal box (not in the scope of delivery of Bosch Rexroth)
From this junction, the main power cable can be laid in a cable track orin the machine construction. Ready-made connection cables areavailable from Bosch Rexroth.
% ''
-2'"$4 -/'"- '3
'
)'
"
MOTORANSCHL-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-3: Laying of the connection cable attached to the primary
WARNING
Damage of the connection cable (and, thus, themotor) through repeated flexing!⇒ Do not lay the power cable of the primary in a cable
track.⇒ Lay the connecting cable, after the junction, in a
cable track.
Note: The connection cables of the primaries are designed for thehighest current of a given motor size, so, in certaincircumstances, the cross-section of the power cable after thejunction could be smaller.
Laying the primary power cable
Rexroth IndraDyn L Electrical connection 8-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Power Cable ConnectionThe following diagrams show the power cable connection plans for therespective connection types.
*%69<<<
9=+ !
*
+
!
503"
6
"
*
+
6
"
/
>
!
503"
%748
$798
5
:
5
:>
%
$
,
,
031
-"? " )
ELCON01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-4: Electrical connection when using a flange socket or a connectioncoupling
*%69<<<
9=+ !
/340
-
,
+
5
/340
.
!
.6*7
!687
(
(
'3
031
ELCON02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-5: Electric connection when using a terminal box.
Laying of cable and cable cross-sectional areasWhen connecting two or more motors parallel onto one drive controller,the following connection possibilities exist for connection cable:
• Lay a common cable with a higher cross-section (Fig. 8-8)
• Lay two separate parallel cables (Fig. 8-7)
The latter possibility gives a possible advantage of a lower bendingradius. The summation of the cross-section of the cables layed in parallelmust correspond to the increased requirement of the combination ofmotors installed in parallel.
Connection via flange socket orconnection coupling
Terminal box connection
Parallel motor connection
8-4 Electrical connection Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
% ''
"MOTORANSCHL01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-6: Power connection with a single motor arrangement
% ''
"MOTORANSCHL02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-7: Power connection with a parallel motor arrangement, and separatepower cables
% ''
"
MOTORANSCHL03-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-8: Power connection with a parallel motor arrangement and a commonpower cable with increased cross-sectional area
Power connection with a singlemotor arrangement
Power connection with a parallelmotor arrangement and separate
power cables
Power connection with a parallelmotor arrangement and a
common power cable with anincreased cross-sectional area
Rexroth IndraDyn L Electrical connection 8-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The selection of the correct cable cross-sectional area depends on theway the cable is laid. The decision should be made according to thefollowing table:
IndraDyn L
Motor Type
RMS Motorphase-current [A]
Power cable arrangementacc. to Figs. 8-6 and 8-7
Power cable arrangementaccording to Fig. 8-8
MLP040A-0300 4
MLP040B-0150 4
MLP040B-0250 5
MLP040B-0300 6
MLP070A-0150 5
MLP 070A-0220 6
1.0 mm² (INK653)
MLP 070A-0300 10 2.5 mm² (INK602)
MLP 070B-0100 5.2
MLP 070B-0120 5.8
MLP 070B-0150 6.2
1.0 mm² (INK653)
MLP 070B-0250 10 2.5 mm² (INK602)
MLP 070B-0300 12 4 mm² (INK603)
MLP 070C-0120 8.9
MLP 070C-0150 102.5 mm² (INK602)
MLP 070C-0240 13
1.0 mm² (INK653)
4 mm² (INK603)
MLP 070C-0300 19 2.5 mm² (INK602) 6 mm² (INK604)
MLP 100A-0090 6.6
MLP 100A-0120 8
MLP 100A-0150 10
2.5 mm² (INK602)
MLP 100A-0190 12
MLP100B-0120 12
1.0 mm² (INK653)
4 mm² (INK603)
MLP100B-0250 22 2.5 mm² (INK602) 10 mm² (INK605)
MLP100C-0090 13 1.0 mm² (INK653) 4 mm² (INK603)
MLP100C-0120 16 2.5 mm² (INK602) 6 mm² (INK604)
MLP100C-0190 23 4 mm² (INK603) 10 mm² (INK605)
MLP140A-0120 12
MLP140B-0090 131.0 mm² (INK653) 4 mm² (INK603)
MLP140B-0120 18 2.5 mm² (INK602) 6 mm² (INK604)
MLP140C-0050 13 1.0 mm² (INK653) 4 mm² (INK603)
MLP140C-0120 21 2.5 mm² (INK602) 10 mm² (INK605)
MLP140C-0170 29 4 mm² (INK603) 16 mm² (INK606)
MLP200A-0090 13 1.0 mm² (INK653) 4 mm² (INK603)
MLP200A-0120 16 2.5 mm² (INK602) 6 mm² (INK604)
MLP200B-0040 13 1.0 mm² (INK653) 4 mm² (INK603)
MLP200B-0120 22 2.5 mm² (INK602) 10 mm² (INK605)
MLP200C-0090 29 4 mm² (INK603)
MLP200C-0120 30 6 mm² (INK604)16 mm² (INK606)
MLP200C-0170 46 10 mm² (INK605) 25 mm² (INK607)
MLP200D-0060 28 4 mm² (INK603) 16 mm² (INK606)
MLP200D-0100 46 25 mm² (INK607)
MLP200D-0120 5310 mm² (INK605)
-----
MLP300A-0090 19 2.5 mm² (INK602) 6 mm² (INK604)
MLP300A-0120 23 10 mm² (INK605)
MLP300B-0070 284 mm² (INK603)
MLP300B-0120 35 6 mm² (INK604)
MLP300C-0060 29 4 mm² (INK603)
16 mm² (INK606)
MLP300C-0090 37 6 mm² (INK604) 25 mm² (INK607)
Fig. 8-9: Required cross-sectional areas of the conductors in the power cabledepending on the motor type, the way the cables are laid and theway the motors are arranged
Power Cable (after the junctionwith the primaries connection
cable)
8-6 Electrical connection Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Note: For additional descriptions of the power cables on theprimaries and the power connection cables, see thedocumentation entitled “Connection Cable” Selection Data,Mat-No.: R911280894.
Connection of IndraDrive Drive ControllerThe following overview shows the connection and terminationdesignations for the motor power conductors and the motor temperaturesensors.
Note: For additional information about motor temperaturemonitoring, see Chapter 9-7.
Drive device Terminal blockpower connection
Terminationdesignation of thepower connection
Terminal blockdesignation of themotor temperature
sensors
Terminationdesignation of themotor temperature
sensors
HMS0x.x
HMD0x.xX5 1, 2, 3 X6 1, 2
Fig. 8-10: Termination designation at the drive-controller( +
3
% '
!
!
!
@*=
;!
; A
$
A$
2
;
;
.*%69<
.9=+ !
ELCON06-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-11: Connection to the drive-controller – one primary per drive controller
Separate arrangement
Rexroth IndraDyn L Electrical connection 8-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
( + ( +
.*%69<
.9=+ !
.*%69<
.9=+ !
3
% '
!
!
!
@*=
;!
; A
$
A$
2
;
;
% '
!
!
@*=
ELCON07-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-12: Sample connection to the drive controller – parallel arrangement ofprimaries on one drive controller.
The way the power conductors are connected to the drive controllerwhen you have a parallel arrangement of the primaries depends on thedirection(s) of the connection cable outputs from the primaries.
Connection with an arrangement according to Fig. 9-8Cable outputs in the same direction
Drive controller X5 1 2 3
Primary 1 1 2 3
Primary 2 1 2 3
Connection with an arrangement according to Fig. 9-12Cable outputs in the OPPOSITE direction
Drive controller X5 1 2 3
Primary 1 1 2 3
Primary 2 1 3 2
Fig. 8-13: Connection to the drive controller of the power conductors of parallelmotors to a single drive controller – dependent on layout ofprimaries
Parallel arrangement
Power cable connection of theprimary using a parallel
arrangement of the motors
8-8 Electrical connection Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Connection of DIAX04 and EcoDrive Drive-ControllersThe following describes the connection of the power supply and thetemperature sensors to DIAX04 and EcoDrive (DKCx.3) drive-controllers.
The following overview shows the connection and terminationdesignations for the power connection and the motor temperaturesensors.
Note: For additional information about motor temperaturemonitoring, see Chapter 9-7.
Drive device Terminal blockpower connection
Terminationdesignation of thepower conductors
Terminal blockdesignation for themotor temperature
sensors
Terminationdesignation of the
motor-temperature-sensor conductors
HDS0x.x
DKCxx.xX5 A1, A2, A3 X6 1, 2
Fig. 8-14: Termination designations of the drive-controller
%
% '
!
!
!
@*=
;!! '
;
$B;
$B
C$
A$
3(
:2
;
*%69< 9=+ !
ELCON03-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-15: Connection to the drive-controller – separate primary
Single Connection
Rexroth IndraDyn L Electrical connection 8-9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
%
!
;!! '
;
$B;
$B
C$
A$
3
(
:2
% '
!
!
@*=
% '
!
!
@*=
;
( +
*%69< 9=+ !*%69< 9=+ !
( +
ELCON04-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-16: Connection on the drive-controller – parallel arrangement ofprimaries
The way the power conductors are connected to the drive controllerwhen you have a parallel arrangement of the primaries depends on thedirection(s) of the connection cable outputs from the primaries.
Connection with an arrangement according to Fig. 9-8Cable outputs in the same direction
Drive-controller X5 A1 A2 A3
Primary 1 1 2 3
Primary 2 1 2 3
Connection with an arrangement according to Fig. 9-12Cable outputs in the OPPOSITE direction
Drive-controller X5 A1 A2 A3
Primary 1 1 2 3
Primary 2 1 3 2
Fig. 8-17: Connection to the drive controller of the power conductors of parallelmotors to a single drive controller – dependent on layout of primaries
Parallel arrangement
Connection of the powerconductors of parallel-arranged
primaries
8-10 Electrical connection Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
8.2 Connection of linear feedback devices
The connection of linear feedback devices is made via ready-madecables.
- -032-$B41
-<0 -""# 2"-1
"
3
ELCON05-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 8-18: Connection example of a linear feedback device
The following table shows an overview of the ready-made cables forlinear feedback devices.
Measuring system type Absolut, ENDAT Incremental
Output variable Voltage Voltage
Signal flow line Sine Sine
Signal amplitude 1Vp-p 1Vp-p
Position interface DAG DLF
Bosch Rexroth ready-made cables – designed with
Connector for DIAX04
Connector for DKCxx.3
Connector forIndraDrive
RKG 4142
RKG 4001
RKG 4038
RKG 4384
RKG 4002
RKG 4041
Coupling for DIAX04
Coupling for DKCxx.3
Coupling for IndraDrive
-
-
-
RKG 4383
RKG 4389
RKG 4040
Fig. 8-19: Connection components for linear feedback devices
Note: For additional descriptions, see documentation “ConnectionCable” Selection Data, Mat-Nr. R911280894.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9 Application and Construction Instructions
9.1 Functional principle
The following figure shows the principal design of IndraDyn L motors.
3 3 3
)
)*)
)
AUFBAU-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-1: General construction of an IndraDyn L motor
The force generation of the IndraDyn L motor, a synchronous-linearmotor, is the same as the torque generation at rotative synchronousmotors. The primary (active part) has a three-phase winding; thesecondary (passive part) has permanent magnets (see Fig. 9-1).
Both, the primary and the secondary can be moved.
Realization of any traverse path length can be done by stringing togetherseveral secondaries.
The IndraDyn L motor is a kit motor. The components primary andsecondary are delivered separately and completed by the user via linearguide and the linear measuring system.
The construction of an axis fitted with an IndraDyn L motor (see Fig. 9-2)normally consists of
• Primary with three-phase winding,
• one or more secondaries with permanent magnets,
• Linear scale
• linear guide,
• energy flow as well as
• slide or machine construction
Axis installation
9-2 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
1
)'9
ACHSAUFBAU-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-2: General construction of an axis with an IndraDyn L
For force multiplication can be two or more primaries mechanicallycoupled, arranged parallel or in-line. For further information see chapter9.4 “Arrangement of Motor Components”.
Note: Only the primary and the secondary belong to the scope ofdelivery of the motor.
Linear guide and length scale as well as further additionalcomponents have to be made available by the user. Forrecommendations to tested additional components seechapter 16 “Recommended suppliers of additionalcomponents”
9.2 Motor Design
IndraDyn L motors of Bosch Rexroth are tested drive components. Theyhave the following characters:
• Modular system with different motor sizes and lengths for feed forcesup to 21.500 N per motor and speeds over 600 m/min
• Different winding constructions at any motor size for optimumadjustment to different speed demands.
• All motor components are completely encapsulated, i.e. crackinitiation within casting compounds, damage or corrosion of magnetsa.s.o. are excluded.
• Different designs regarding cooling and encapsulation of the primary(see below: “standard and thermal encapsulation”)
• Protection class IP65 (all motor components)
• High operation safety for DC-link voltage up to 750V.
• No mechanical wastage
• Protection of the motor winding against thermal overstress byintegrated temperature sensors
• Flexible, shielded and strain-bearing power lead wire
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
To make the optimum motor for the different uses, regarding technicaldemands and costs available, are primary parts in different designs incooling and encapsulation available.
• Standard encapsulation: stainless steel encapsulation with a liquidcooling integrated into the back of the motor to dissipate the lost heat.
• Thermal encapsulation: stainless steel encapsulation with anadditional liquid cooling on the back of the motor and heat conductiveplates for optimum thermal decoupling to the machine construction.
Primary in standard encapsulationAt use with less thermal demands on the exactness of the machine,primaries in standard encapsulation present an economy solution.Primaries with standard encapsulation are mainly used in the generalautomation sector. There, the electrical motor components are protectedby a stainless steel encapsulation. The cooling system of this motordesign is integrated into the motor and can only be used to dischargelost heat or keeping the specified continuous feedrate. It offers noadditional thermal decoupling on the motor side to the machine.
2" "
'"
'" .5!1
" $
#"
'
STANDARDKAPSELUNG-MLP-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-3: Primary with standard encapsulation (see fig. with secondary)
Note: For further information to liquid cooling see Chapter 9.6“Motor cooling”.
The main application areas of this design of the primary can be found inthe sectors:
• General automation
• Handling
Design of cooling andencapsulation
Main application area
9-4 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Primary in thermal encapsulationPrimaries in thermal encapsulation reach an high constant temperatureon the mounting surface due to an additional – into the encapsulationintegrated liquid coolant for thermal encapsulation to the machineconstruction. At design “Thermal encapsulation”, a maximumtemperature rise on the screw-on surface in opposite to the coolant inlettemperature of 2 K can be reached.
2"
''" $
'" .5!1
" $
#"
'
" '"
THERMOKAPSELUNG-MLP-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-4: Primary with thermal encapsulation (see fig. with secondary)
The primary is not completely connected with the mounting surface onthe machine side, but only lays on increased bearing points. This offersthe following advantages:
• Additional thermal encapsulation and therewith further minimization ofthe possible heat-flow into the machine
• Processing of the screw-on surface on the machine side makes iteasier to keep the necessary mounting tolerances.
Note: For further information to liquid cooling see Chapter 9.6“Motor cooling”.
Main application areas of this primary design are, e.g.
• Machine tools
• Precision applications
Main application area
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Design secondary partThe secondary consists of a steel base plate with fitted permanentmagnets. The fastening holes are located on the outer edge along thesecondary.
To ensure the utmost operation reliability, the permanent magnets of thesecondary are always protected against corrosion, action of outerinfluences (e.g. coolants and oil) and against mechanical damage, dueto an integrated rustless cover plate.
It is possible to use a scraper direct on the secondary (see also Chapter9.20 “Scraper”).
MLS.tif
Fig. 9-5: MLS-secondary
Note: The design of the secondary is independent from the designof the primary.
Secondaries are available in the following lengths (see also Chapter 5“Specification)
• 150mm
• 450mm
• 600mm
The required length L of the secondary can be defined as follows:
partimaryPrpathTraversepartSecondary LLL +≥
Fig. 9-6: Defining the required length of the secondary
Available length of thesecondaries
Required length of thesecondary
9-6 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Motor SizesFor adjusting on different feed force requirements, Bosch Rexroth offersIndraDyn L motors in a modular system with different sizes and lengths.
The active breadth of the primary and the secondary at linear motorsserve to define the size. A linear motor with e.g. size 100 has alaminated core and magnet breadth of 100 mm. The IndraDyn L modularsystem contains the following motor sizes:
( ! !
Baugrösse_Breite_MLF.EPS
Fig. 9-7: Sizes of IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors
Every primary is graduated in different motor lengths. The designation ofthe length of the primary is done by the letters A, B, C, D.
67 8
Baugrösse_Länge_MLF.EPS
Fig. 9-8: Different lengths of the primaries
Note: For detailed information to sizes and length see Chapter 5“Specification”.
Sizes
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.3 Requirements on the Machine Design
Derived from design and properties of linear direct drives, the machinedesign must meet various requirements. For example, the movedmasses should be minimized whilst the rigidity is kept at a high level.
Mass reductionTo ensure a high acceleration capability, the mass of the movedmachine elements must be reduced to a minimum. This can be done byusing materials of a low specific weight (e.g. aluminum or compoundmaterials) and by design measures (e.g. skeleton structures).
If there are no requirements for extreme acceleration, masses up toseveral tons can be moved without any problems. There is no control-engineering correlation between the moved slide mass and the motor´smass, as this is the case with rotary drives.
Precondition therefore is, a very stiff coupling of the motor to the weight.
Mechanical rigidityIn conjunction with the mass and the resulting resonant frequency, therigidity of the individual mechanical components within a machine chieflydetermines the quality a machine can reach. The rigidity of a motion axisis determined by the overall mechanical structure. The goal of theconstruction must be to obtain an axis structure that is as compact aspossible.
The increased loop bandwidth of linear drives required highermechanical natural frequencies of the machine structure in order toavoid the excitation of vibrations.
To ensure an adequate control quality, the lowest natural frequency thatoccurs inside the axis should not be less than approximately 200 Hz.The natural frequencies of axes with masses that are not constantlymoving (e.g. due to workpieces that must be machined differently)change, so that the natural frequency is reduced with m/1f ≈ as themass increases.
The elasticity´s of the axes (both, the mechanical and the control-engineering component) add up. This must be taken into account withrespect to the rigidity of cinematically coupled axes.
If several axes must cinematically be coupled in order to produce pathmotions (e.g. cross-table or gantry structure), the mutual effects of theindividual axes on each other should be minimized. Thus, cinematicchains should be avoided in machines with several axes. Axisconfigurations with long projections that change during operation areparticularly critical.
Natural frequencies
Mechanically linked axes
9-8 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Initiated by acceleration, deceleration or process forces of the movedaxis, reactive forces can deform the stationary machine base or cause itto vibrate.
$
STEIFIGKEIT01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-9: Deformation of the machine base caused by the reactive forceduring the acceleration process
m 5mN/ 1000m/s² 10kg500
cam
splate base
µµ
=⋅=⋅=∆
∆s: Deformation of displacement of the machine base in µmm: Mass in kga: Acceleration in m/s²c: Rigidity of the machine base in N/µm
Fig. 9-10: Typical calculation of the machine base deformation
The rigidity of the length measuring system integration is particularlyimportant. Please refer to Chapter 9.15 for explanations.
Reactive forces
Integrating the linear scale
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.4 Arrangement of Motor Components
Single arrangementThe single arrangement of the primary is the most commonarrangement.
Fig. 9-11: Single arrangement of the primaries
The independent operation of two or more primaries on a secondary ispossible too (see Fig. 9-11 right-hand sight). In such an arrangement,the length measuring system can also be equipped with two or morescanning heads.
Note: Due to the higher sealing lip friction, the number of scanningheads in encapsulated linear scales is usually limited to two.Please contact the scale manufacturer for details.
5
EINZELANORDNUNG01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-12: Controlling a linear motor with single arrangement of the motorcomponents
9-10 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Several motors per axisThe arrangement of several motors per axis provides the followingbenefits:
• Multiplied feed forces
• With corresponding arrangement, compensation of the attractiveforces “outwards”
Fig. 9-13: Arrangement of several motors per axis
Depending on the application, the motors can be controlled in twodifferent ways:
• Two motors at one drive controller and one linear scale (parallelarrangement)
• Two motors at two drive controllers and two linear scales (Gantryarrangement)
Parallel arrangementThe arrangement of two or more primaries on one drive controller inconjunction with a linear scale is known as parallel arrangement. Parallelarrangement is possible if the coupling between the motors can be veryrigid.
5
PARALLELANORDNUNG01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-14: Parallel arrangement of two primaries on one drive controller inconjunction with a length measuring system
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-11
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
To ensure successful operation, the axis must fulfill the followingrequirements in parallel arrangement:
• Identical primary and secondary parts
• Very rigid coupling of the motors within the axis
• Position offset between the primary parts <1 mm in feed direction
• Position offset between the secondary parts <1 mm in feed direction
• Same pole sequence of the secondaries
• If possible, load stationary and arranged symmetrically with respect tothe motors
$' 2 2 $ $ $.$'$9/1
$ 22$ 3 # $,
$ 22$ 3 # $ $
)
3
3
PARALLELANORDNUNG02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-15: Alignment of motor components in parallel arrangement
Note: The mounting holes of the primaries are used for defining thecorrect position of the paralleled motors. In the grid, you mustalways use the same hole in either primary (see Fig. 9-15).An offset of the hole grid between the primaries is onlypermitted in the structures shown in Fig. 9-9 or Fig. 9-21.
The face ends of the primary parts may alternatively be used if themounting holes cannot be employed as position reference. The motorparts have the corresponding tolerances.
Parallel arrangement: Double comb arrangementIn a parallel arrangment – within a Gantry arrangement, too – theprimaries in feed direction can mechanically be coupled and be arrangedin the form of a “double comb arrangement” (see Fig. 9-13 right-handside). In addition to the force multiplication, the attractive forces betweenprimary and secondary are compensated towards the outside. With thecorresponding arrangement, the linear guides are not stressedadditionally, and may even be sized smaller.
Note: Double comb arrangement (to Fig. 9-13 right-hand side) doesnot require a minimum distance to be kept between the twosecondary mounting surfaces.
9-12 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Parallel arrangement: Arrangement of primaries insuccessionIn a parallel arrangement – within a Gantry arrangement, too – theprimaries in feed direction can mechanically be coupled and be arrangedin succession (see Fig. 9-5 center).
To ensure successful operation, the primaries must be arranged in aspecific grid. The determination of the grid sizes that must be adhered todepends on the direction of the cable entry and the permissible bendingradius of the power cable.
If the primaries are arranged behind each other with the cable entries inthe same direction (see Fig. 9-9), an integer multiple of twice theelectrical pole pitch must be adhered to:
3
PARALLELANORDNUNG03-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-16: Arrangement of the primaries behind each other and cable entry inthe same direction
Note: When you determine the correct primary distance with cableentries in the same direction acc. to Fig. 9-8, you mustalways use the same reference point for both primaries (e.g.the same mounting hole).
pP 2nx τ∆ ⋅⋅=∆xP: Required grid spacing between the primaries in mmτP: Electrical pole pitch in IndraDyn L motors in mm (all sizes 37.5 mm)n: Integer factor (depends on mounting distance)
Fig. 9-17: Determining the grid distance between the primaries with cableentries in the same direction
Cable entry in the same direction
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-13
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
According to Fig. 9-9 and 9-10, the following minimum distancesbetween the primaries result at a motor arrangement with the cableentries in the same direction:
Motor version Xpmin in mm
Standard encapsulationsizes (all) p2nmm 15 τ⋅⋅+
Thermal encapsulationsizes (all) p2nmm 65 τ⋅⋅+
n: The integer factor n must be chosen in that way, so that the followingconditions can be kept.
τP: Electrical pole pitch in IndraDyn L motors in mm (all sizes 37.5 mm)Fig. 9-18: Distance xpmin to be kept between the two primaries with cable
entries in the same direction
cablemotorradiusbendingepermissiblx minp >Fig. 9-19: Distance xpmin to be kept between the two primaries with cable
entries in the same direction
Option 1:
If the primaries are arranged behind each other and with cable entries inopposite directions to Fig. 9-20 a defined distance must be kept betweenthe primaries according to Fig. 9-21.
3
PARALLELANORDNUNG04-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-20: Option 1: Arrangement of primaries behind each other with cableentries in opposite directions
Note: When you determine the correct primary distance with cableentries in opposite directions according to Fig. 9-20, you canuse the distance between the primary end faces xp asreference point.
minppP x2nx +⋅⋅= τxP: Required grid spacing between the primaries in mmτP: Electrical pole pitch in IndraDyn L motors in mm (all sizes 37.5 mm)n: Integer factor (depends on mounting distance)
Fig. 9-21: Determining the grid distance between the primaries with cableentries in opposite directions
Minimum distances between theprimaries
Requirement
Cable entry in opposite direction
9-14 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
For a motor arrangement with cable entries at opposite directions, thefollowing size-related minimum distances between the primaries resultfrom:
Motor version Xpmin in mm
Standard encapsulationsizes (all)
mm65
Thermal encapsulationsizes (all)
mm59
Fig. 9-22: Distance xpmin to be kept between the two primaries with cableentries in opposite direction
Option 2:
If the primaries are arranged behind each other and with cable entries inopposite directions to Fig. 9-20 a defined distance must be kept betweenthe primaries according to Fig. 9-21.
3
3
PARALLELANORDNUNG05-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-23: Option 2: Arrangement of the primaries behind each other with cableentries in opposite directions
Note: When you determine the correct primary distance with cableentries in opposite directions according to Fig. 9-20, you canuse the distance between the primary end faces xp asreference point.
minppP x2nx +⋅⋅= τxP: Required grid spacing between the primaries in mmτP: Electrical pole pitch in IndraDyn L motors in mm (all sizes 37.5 mm)n: Integer factor (depends on mounting distance)
Fig. 9-24: Determining the grid distance between the primaries with cableentries in opposite directions
Minimum distance between theprimaries (Option 1)
Cable entry in opposite direction
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-15
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
For a motor arrangement with cable entries at opposite directions, thefollowing size-related minimum distances between the primaries resultfrom:
Motor version Xpmin in mm
Standard encapsulationsizes (all) p2nmm40 τ⋅⋅+
Thermal encapsulationsizes (all) p2nmm71 τ⋅⋅+
n: The integer factor n must be chosen in that way, so that the followingconditions can be kept.
τP: Electrical pole pitch in IndraDyn L motors in mm (all sizes 37.5 mm)Fig. 9-25: Distance xpmin to be kept between the two primaries with cable
entries in opposite direction
cablemotorradiusbendingepermissiblx minp >Fig. 9-26: Distance xpmin to be kept between the two primaries with cable
entries in opposite direction
The connection of the power wires of the connection cable on the drivecontroller at parallel arrangement of the primaries with outgoing cable inthe cross-direction depend on the direction of the outgoing cable.
Connection at arrangement acc. to Fig. 9-9Outgoing cable in the same direction
Drive-controller X5 1 2 3
Primary 1 1 2 3
Primary 2 1 2 3
Connection at arrangement acc. to Fig. 9-20Outgoing cable in the same direction
Drive-controller X5 1 2 3
Primary 1 1 2 3
Primary 2 1 3 2
Fig. 9-27: Connection of the power wires at parallel arrangement of theprimaries on a drive-controller
Note: For detailed information to electrical connection please referto Chapter 8 Connection system.
Note: The primary 1 according to Fig. 9-20 is always the referencemotor that is used for determining the sensor polarity and forcommutation setting. See also Chapter 14 “Commissioning”.Ensure that the secondary is correctly aligned.
Minimum distance between theprimaries (Option 2)
Requirement
Power cable connection
9-16 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Gantry ArrangementOperation with two linear scales and drive controllers (Gantryarrangement) should be planned if there are load conditions that aredifferent with respect to place and time, and sufficient rigidity betweenthe motors cannot be ensured. This is frequently the case with axis in aGantry structure, for example.
Note: Parallel motors may also be used with a Gantry arrangement.
5
GANTRYANORDNUNG01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-28: Gantry arrangement
With Gantry arrangements it must be remembered that the motors maybe stressed unsymmetrically, although the position offset is minimized.As a consequence, this permanently existing bas load may lead to agenerally higher stress than in a single arrangement. This must be takeninto account when the drive is selected.
Note: The asymmetric stress can be reduced to a minimum byexactly aligning the length measuring system and the primaryand secondary parts to each other, and by a drive-internalaxis error compensation.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-17
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Vertical axes
WARNING
Uncontrolled movements⇒ When linear motors are used in vertical axes, it
must be taken into account that the motor is notself-locking when power is switched off. Loweringthe axis can only be secured by an appropriateholding brake (see also Chapter 9.17 “BrakingSystems and Holding Devices”).
Suitable holding devices must be used for preventing the axis fromsinking after the power has been switched off. These holding devicescan be actuated electrically, pneumatically or hydraulically.
Note:
• Adequate holding devices are integrated in most of today´s weightcompensation systems.
• On vertical axis, the use of an absolute measuring system isrecommended. Alternatively, also an incremental measuring system,in connection with a hall sensor box (see Chapter 7 “Accessories”)can be used.
An additionally used weight compensation ensures that the motor is notexposed to an unnecessary thermal stress that is caused by the holdingforces and the acceleration capability of the axis is independent of themotion direction. The weight compensation can be pneumatic orhydraulic.
Weight compensation with a counterweight is not suitable since thecounterweight must also be accelerated.
Weight compensation
9-18 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.5 Feed and Attractive Forces
Attractive forces between the primary and the secondaryWhen it is installed, a synchronous linear motor has a permanentlyeffective attractive force between the primary and the secondary thatresults from its principle. With synchronous linear motors, this attractiveforce also exists when the motor is switched off.
%2:
ANZKRAFT01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-29: Attractive force between the primary and the secondary
These attractive forced must always be taken into account in themechanical design of the system.
Depending on the motor arrangement, the attractive forces must beaccommodated by linear guides and the slide and machine structure.
With an unfavorable arrangement of the motors, the attractive forcescan cause deformations (deflection) in the machine structure andunacceptable transverse stress on the linear guides. The following pointsshould therefore be taken into account during the design integration ofthe motors:
• Arrange the linear guides as close to the motor as possible.
• To compensate the attractive forces, you can use the parallelarrangement shown at the right-hand side in Fig. 9-13.
Note: When installed, the attractive force must not reduce the airgap between the primary and the secondary. The mechanicaldesign must provide sufficient rigidity.
Note: The attractive forces at the nominal air gap are specified ineach data sheet of a motor in Chapter 4 “Technical Data”.
Considering the attractive forcein motor installation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-19
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Air-gap-related attractive forces between the primary and the secondaryThe attractive force rises as the distance between the primary and thesecondary is reduce.
When lowering the primary on the secondary, result by reducing the airgap increasing attractive forces.
The curve in the following diagram shows the attractive force as afunction of the air gap.
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
160%
0 mm 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 30 mmmeasurable air gap
attr
acti
re f
orc
e re
l. T
o n
orm
inal
air
gap
nominal air gap
ANZIEHUNGSKRAFT.XLS
Fig. 9-30: Attractive force vs. distance between the primary and the secondary
Air-gap-related attractive forces vs. power supplyThe attractive force decreases with rising power supply of the primary.
The curve in the following diagram shows the attractive force vs. thepower supply.
00
-&(:
ANZIEH_BESTROM-MLF.EPS
FATT: Attractive forceimax: Max. voltage
Fig. 9-31: Attractive force vs. power supply
9-20 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Air-gap-related feed force
The feed force detailed in the specifications are related to the specifiedrated air gap. The tolerances permissible for the measurable air gaphave a slight effect on the feed forces that can be achieved. Thefollowing diagram shows this relationship:
97%
98%
99%
100%
101%
102%
103%
0,7 mm 0,8 mm 0,9 mm 1,0 mm 1,1 mm 1,2 mm 1,3 mm
measurable air gap
feed
fo
rce,
rel
. to
no
min
al a
ir g
ap
nominal air gap
LUFTSPALTABHÄNGIGE VORSCHUBKRAFT MLF_EN.XLS
Fig. 9-32: Feed force within the air gap tolerance of synchronous linear motorsIndraDyn L
Note: Sizes in Fig. 9-32 are only valid for IndraDyn L synchronouslinear motors; there is no general correlation for other motortypes.
Reduced overlapping between the primary and the secondaryWhen moving in the end position range of an axis, it can be necessarythat the primary moves beyond the end of the secondary. This results ina partial coverage between the primary and the secondary.
If the primary and the secondary are only partially covered, follows areduced feed force and attractive force.
The force reduction does not start immediately. It differs according to theencapsulation types and the installation position of the primary.
Outside the beginning and end areas, the force is reduced linearly as afunction of the reduced coverage area.
The following diagram illustrates the correlation between the coveragebetween the primary and the secondary and the resulting forcereduction.
Air gap tolerances
Inception of the force reduction
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-21
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
:
:
:
:
!:
:
&:
(:
):
*:
:
%'''" 2
2
%
2
$
2/
2
%
"2
3
#
$
$;
$;
PRIMPARTOVSEC02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-33: Force reduction with partial coverage of the primary and thesecondary
;
$
"+3#3/" ##"3
;
$
"+3#3/" ##"3
;
$
;
$
PRIMPARTOVSEC04-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-34: Presentation of force reduction with regard to Fig. 9-33
Installation position 1Motor version
SR1 [mm] SR2 [mm]
Standard encapsulation 30 5
Thermal encapsulation 52 8
Installation position 2
Standard encapsulation 5 30
Thermal encapsulation 8 52
Fig. 9-35: Partial coverage vs. installation position
The partial coverage of the primary and the secondary must not be usedin continuous operation since there is an increased current consumptionof the motor. Instabilities in the control loop can be expected from acertain reduction of the degree of coverage onwards.
WARNING
Malfunctions and uncontrolled motormovements due to partial coverage of theprimary and the secondary!⇒ Partial coverage of the primary and the secondary
only when moving to the end position during a driveerror
⇒ Minimum coverage factor 75%
9-22 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.6 Motor cooling
Thermal behavior of linear motorsThe rated feed force of a synchronous linear motor can be achieved ismainly determined by the power loss PV that is produced during theenergy conversion process. The power loss fully dissipates in form ofheat. Due to the limited permissible winding temperature it must notexceed a specific value.
Note: The maximum winding temperature of IndraDyn L motors is155°C. This corresponds to insulation class F.
The total losses of synchronous linear motors are chiefly determined bythe direct load loss of the primary due to the low relative velocitiesbetween the primary and the secondary:
T122
ViV fRi43
P P ⋅⋅⋅=≈
PV: Total loss in WPVi: Direct load losses in Wi: Current in motor cable in AR12: Electrical resistance of the motor at 20°C in Ohm
(see Chapter 5 “Technical Data)fT: Factor temperature-related resistance raise
Fig. 9-36: Power loss of synchronous linear motors
Note: When you determine the power loss according to Figure 9-36, you must take the temperature-related rise of theelectrical resistance into account. At a temperature rise of115 K (from 20°C up to 135°C), for example, the electricalresistance goes up by the factor fT = 1.45.
The temperature variation vs. the time is determined by the producedpower loss and the heat-dissipation and –storage capability of the motor.The heat-dissipation and –storage capability of an electrical machine is(combined in one variable) specified as the thermal time constant.
Note: With liquid cooling systems, the thermal time constant isbetween 5...10 min (depending on size).
The following Figure 9-37 shows a typical heating and cooling process ofan electrical machine. The thermal time constant is the period withinwhich 63% of the final over temperature is reached. With liquid cooling,the cooling time constant corresponds to the heating time constant.Thus, the heating process and the cooling process can both be specifiedwith the specified thermal time constant (heating time constant) of themotor.
In conjunction with the duty cycle, the correlation to Fig. 9-38 and Fig. 9-40 are used for defining the duty type, e.g. acc. to DIN VDE 0530.
Power loss
Thermal time constant
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-23
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Time
Ove
rtem
per
atu
re
heating up with final overtemperature = 0
heating up with initial overtemperature > 0
cooling
ERWAERMUNG MLF_EN.XLS
final overtemperture
tth
63 %
Fig. 9-37: Heating up and cooling down of an electrical machine
thth tt
att
e ee1)t(−−
⋅+
−⋅= ϑϑϑ
ϑe: Final over temperature in Kϑa: Initial over temperature in Kt: Time in mintth: Thermal time constant in min (see Chapter 4 “Technical Data)
Fig. 9-38: Heating up (over temperature) of an electrical machine comparedwith coolant
Since the final over temperature is proportional to the power loss, theexpected final over temperature ϑe can be estimated according to Fig.9-39:
maxe2dN
2eff
maxevN
cee
F
F
PP ϑϑϑ ⋅=⋅=
Pce: Permanent power loss or average power loss vs. duty cycle time inW (see Chapter 11.4 “Determining the Drive Power)
PVN: Nominal power loss of the motor in Wϑemax: Maximum final over temperature of the motor in KFeff: Effective force in N (from application)FdN: Rated force of the motor in N (see Chapter 4 “Technical data”)tth: Thermal time constant in min (see Chapter 4 “Technical Data)
Fig. 9-39: Expected final over temperature of the motor
thtt
e e)t(−
⋅= ϑϑϑe: Final over temperature or shutdown temperature in Kt: Time in mintth: Thermal time constant in min (see Chapter 4 “Technical Data)
Fig. 9-40: Cooling down of an electrical machine
Heating up
Final over temperature
Cooling
9-24 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Cooling concept of IndraDyn L synchronous linear motorsThe request for highest feed forces and minimum installation volumeusually requires linear motors to be equipped with a liquid cooling. Theliquid cooling ensures:
• that the power loss is removed and, consequently, rated feed forcesare maintained;
• that a certain temperature level is maintained at the machine
The cooling and encapsulation concept of IndraDyn L motors includestwo different solutions:
Primaries with standard encapsulation are mainly used in the generalautomation sector. The cooling system of this motor design is integratedinto the motor and can only be used to discharge lost heat or keepingthe specified continuous feedrate. It offers no additional thermaldecoupling on the motor side to the machine. The maximumtemperature of the contact surface can locally rise up to 60°C. Thesemaximum temperature gradients can occur independently of the coolantinlet temperature.
For an optimum thermal decoupling between the motor and the machinestructure, the primary parts of the thermal encapsulation version have anadditional liquid cooling system at the back of the motor and atlongitudinal and frond ends. The constant temperature that can easily beattained and the minimum heat transfer into the machine make theprimary parts of the thermal encapsulation version particularly suitablefor the utilization in machine tools and in other precision applications.Inside the motor there is already an optimum connection between theinternal cooling circulation used for removing the power loss and thecooling ducts of the thermal encapsulation.
The primary is not completely connected with the mounting surface onthe machine side, but only lays on increased bearing points. Thisprovides an additional thermal decoupling and, consequently, furtherminimization of the possible heat transfer into the machine (see Fig. 9-41).
Note: Using the thermal encapsulation does not provide anyimproved performance date, e.g. for the continuous feedforce. The power ratings are identical for both versions.
Standard encapsulation
Thermal encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-25
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
;
.
. 1
67. ' '/'"1
/$2 $/2"$ ' ' /
. 2 $1
THERMOKAPSELUNG02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-41: Cooling concept for thermal encapsulation
The secondary version is identical for both primary part versions. Thesecondary does not develop any power loss. With inadvertent conditions(extended standstill or slow velocity of the primary together with asimultaneously acting high continuous force), there can be a heattransfer by the primary due to radiation or convection.
Note: The secondary does not develop any power loss. Themaximum heat infiltration possible of the primary at standstilland continuous nominal force is approximately 3% of themotor´s nominal power loss.
The heat transfer depends on the ambient temperature and on theinstallation conditions in the machine.
To maintain a constant temperature level in the machine, cooling can bedone at the machine side (e.g. via two cooling pipes). See Fig. 9-41.
Secondaries
9-26 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
CoolantThe specified motor data and the characteristics of the motor coolingsystem (e.g. continuous feed forces, pressure losses, and flowcharacteristics), and all the other specifications in this Chapter arerelated to liquid cooling with coolant water. Most cooling devices usewater, too.
The following coolants can be used:
• Water
• Oil
• Air
Note: The specified motor data and the characteristics of the motorcooling system (e.g. continuous feed forces, pressure losses,and flow characteristics), and all the other specifications inthis Chapter are related to liquid cooling with coolant water.
This data is no longer valid and must again be calculated or determinedempirically if coolants with different material characteristics are used.
An impairment of the thermal decoupling may also have to be taken intoaccount, if necessary.
WARNING
Impairing the cooling effect of damaging thecooling system!⇒ Adjust coolant and flow to the required motor
performance data⇒ With coolant water use anticorrosion agent and
observe the specified mixture and the pH-value.⇒ Use approved anticorrosion agents, only⇒ Do not use cooling lubricants from machining
process⇒ Filter the coolant⇒ Do not use flowing water⇒ Use a closed cooling circuit⇒ Adhere to the specified inlet temperatures⇒ Do not exceed the maximum pressure⇒ Motor operation not without liquid cooling
Coolant additivesCorrosion protection and chemical stabilization required a suitableadditive to be added to the cooling water. The corrosion protectionagent must be suitable for a mixed installation (steel or iron, aluminum,copper and brass). The required mix (acc. to the manufacturer´sspecifications) must be adhered to and/or verified. Larger differencescan lead to changes in the stability of the emulsion, the behavior towardssealant, and the corrosion protection capability.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-27
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Watery solutions ensure a reliable corrosion protection withoutsignificant changes of the physical property of the water. Therecommended additives do not contain any water-endangeringsubstances, according to the water endangering classes (WGK).
Corrosion protection oils for coolant systems contain emulsifiers whichensure a fine allocation of the oil in the water. The oily components ofthe emulsion protect the metal surface of the coolant duct againstcorrosion and cavitation. Herewith, an oil content of 0.5 – 2 volumepercent has proved itself. Does the corrosion protection oil comparedwith the corrosion protection has also the coolant pumping lubricant,then the oil content of 5 volume percent is necessary. (observe therequirements of the pump manufacturers!)
Description Manufacturer
1%...3% emulsions
Aquaplus 22 Petrofer, Hildesheim
Varidos 1+1 Schilling Chemie, Freiburg
33%-emulsions
Glycoshell Deutsche Shell Chemie GmbH, Eschborn
Tyfocor L Tyforop Chemie GmbH, Hamburg
OZO Frostschutz Deutsche Total GmbH, Düsseldorf
Aral Kühler-Frostschutz A ARAL AG, Bochum
BP antifrost X 2270 A Deutsche BP AG, Hamburg
Emulsifiable mineral oil concentrate
Shell Donax CC (WGK: 3) Shell, Hamburg
Fig. 9-42: Recommended coolant additives
Note: The specified coolant additives are only a recommendation ofBOSCH REXROTH. Please contact your responsible salesrepresentative when using another coolant additive.
Not only the mixture, but also the pH-value of the used coolant must bechecked in suitable distances. The coolant should be chemically neutral.Larger differences can lead to changes in the stability of the emulsion,the behavior towards sealant, and the corrosion protection capability.
Note: Keep the pH-value of the used coolant controlled in 6-8 pH!
Watery solutions
Emulsion with corrosionprotection oil
pH-value coolant
9-28 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Coolant temperatureThe recommended temperature range of the coolant is 15...40°C. Thecoolant temperature must never be outside this range. The adjustedcoolant inlet temperature must be chosen with regard to the actualexisting environmental temperature and should be max. 5°C lower thanthe measured environmental temperature.
An overstepping of the recommended temperature range leads to astronger reduction of the continuous feed force.
Note: The coolant inlet temperature should be maximum 5k lowerthan the actual existing room temperature to avoidcondensation.
WARNING
Reduction of the continuous feed force ofdestruction of the motor!⇒ Keep coolant within permissible temperature range
The specification of the rated feed force in the technical motorspecifications is related to a coolant inlet temperature of 30°C.
If the inlet temperature is different, there is a minor change of thecontinuous feed force according to Fig. 9-43:
95%
100%
105%
15 °C 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C
Cooling water inlet temperature
Co
nfi
nu
ou
s fe
ed f
orc
e
KMTEMPERATUR LSF.XLS
Fig. 9-43: Continuous feed force vs. coolant flow temperature
Maximum pressureWith all motor versions, the maximum system pressure via the internalsystem circulation of the motor is 10 bar.
Pressure fluctuations within the cooling circuit should not exceed ± 1 barduring motor operation. Beyond pressure fluctuations or pressure peaksare not permitted!
WARNING
Motor destruction!⇒ Keep coolant within permissible inlet pressure.⇒ Incorrect pressure fluctuations and pressure peaks
have to be excluded via constructive measures.
Temperature range
Continuous feed force vs.coolant temperature
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-29
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Operation of IndraDyn L synchronous linear motorswithout liquid coolingIn certain exceptions it can be necessary or possible, to do without aliquid cooling. Depending on the size, this results in a reduction of thecontinuous nominal force to approximately 40...45%. It does not reducethe maximum force of the motors.
Depending on the load, the temperature at the contact surface of theprimary may rise up to 140%C without liquid cooling.
WARNING
Drastic reduction of the rated feed force andsignificant heating and stress of the machinestructure if synchronous linear motors are usedwithout liquid cooling!⇒ Provide liquid cooling⇒ The reduction of the rated force and the heating of
the machine structure (stress due to expansion)must be included in the sizing and design of axesthat are used without liquid cooling.
Sizing the cooling circuit
D
0< 0 <
3
KUEHLUNG01-MLF-EN.EPS
Q: Flow quantityT1: Coolant inlet temperatureT2: Coolant outlet temperaturep1: Inlet pressurep2: Outlet pressure
Fig. 9-44: Liquid-cooled component
12 TTT −=∆T1: Coolant inlet temperature in KT2: Coolant outlet temperature in K∆T: Coolant temperature rise in K
Fig. 9-45: Coolant temperature rise in K
21 ppp −=∆p1: Inlet pressurep2: Outlet pressure∆p: Pressure drop
Fig. 9-46: Pressure drop across traversed component
Coolant temperature rise
Pressure drop
9-30 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Related to the motor, two basic application-related requirements must bedistinguished when the cooling circuit of synchronous linear motors issized.
1. Liquid cooling is only used for removing the power loss and thus formaintaining the specified rated forces (e.g. for standardencapsulation motor version)
2. At the same time, liquid cooling shall ensure a defined temperaturelevel at the contact surface (e.g. for the thermal encapsulation motorversion).
Flow quantityRexroth recommends to dimension the coolant flow for motors up to size070 to ~ 5l/min, for size 100 to ~ 6l/min.
The minimum coolant flow required to maintain the rated feed force isdefined in Chapter 4 “Technical Data”.
The specification of this value is based on a rise of the coolanttemperature by 10 K.
Figures 9-47 and 9-48 are used to determine the necessary coolant flowat different temperature rises and / or different coolants:
Tc60000P
Q co
∆ρ ⋅⋅⋅=
Q: Rated coolant flow in l/minPro: Removed power loss in Wc: Specific heat capacity of the coolant in J / kg - Kρ: Density of the coolant in kg/m³∆T: Coolant temperature rise in K
Fig. 9-47: Coolant flow required for removing a given power loss.
Coolant Specific heat capacity c in J / kg -K
Density ρρρρ in kg/m³
Water 4183 998,3
Thermal oil(example)
1000 887
Air 1007 1,188
Fig. 9-48: Substance values of different coolants at 20°C
If you want to ensure a defined temperature level at the contact surfaceof the primary of the thermal encapsulation motor version, you must usethe formula acc. to Fig. 9-49 to determine the coolant flow that isnecessary for maintaining a maximum coolant temperature rise. It is tobe taken into account that only a part of the power loss remains to beremoved via the thermal encapsulation. ∆Tm is the temperature at thecontact surface of the primary.
Note: A defined temperature level at the contact surface can onlybe maintained with the thermal encapsulation motor version.
Design criteria
Coolant flow to maintain therated feed force
Maintaining a constanttemperature level at thermal
encapsulation
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-31
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
m
co
Tc25200P
Q∆ρ ⋅⋅
⋅=
Q: Rated coolant flow in l/minPco: Removed power loss in Wc: Specific heat capacity of the coolant in J / kg - Kρ: Density of the coolant in kg/m³∆Tm: Temperature rise on contact surface in K
Fig. 9-49: Coolant flow required for maintaining a constant temperature level atthe motor contact surface in the case of thermal encapsulation
Prerequisites: Q ≥ Qmin (see chapter 4 “Technical Data”)
Pressure dropThe flow resistance at the pipe walls, curves, and changes of the cross-section produces a pressure drop along the traversed components (seeFig. 9-44).
The pressure drop ∆p rises as the flow quantity rises (see Fig. 9-50).
-)&DKUEHLUNG02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-50: Pressure drop vs. flow quantity; general representation
On the basis of the constant for determining the pressure drop kdp that isexplained in Chapter 4 “Technical Data”, the pressure drop across theinternal motor cooling circuit can be determined as follows:
75.1dpm Qkp ⋅=∆
pm: Pressure drop across the internal motor cooling circuit in barQ: Flow quantity in l/minkdp: Constant for determining the pressure drop (see Chapter 4
“Technical data”)Fig. 9-51: Determining the pressure drop vs. the flow quantity
Pressure drop across the motorcooling system
9-32 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The pressure drop across the overall system is determined by the sumof a series of partial pressure drop (see Fig. 9-52). Usually, the pressuredrop across the internal motor cooling system is relatively small.
33
- 4"
-
)
D
KUEHLUNG03-MLF-DE.EPS
Fig. 9-52: General arrangement of a liquid cooled motor with heat removalfacility
Note: The overall pressure drop of the cooling system is determinedby various partial pressure drops (motor, feeders, connectors,etc.). This must be taken into account when the cooling circuitis sized.
Note: With all motor versions, the maximum system pressure viathe internal system circulation of the motor is 10 bar.
Cooling capacityThe specifications that are needed for determining the cooling capacitywhich is required for a synchronous linear motor can be found in Chapter11.4 “Determining the Drive Power”.
Overall pressure drop
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-33
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Liquid cooling systemMachines and systems can require liquid cooling for one or moreworking components. If several liquid-cooled drive components exist,they are connected to the heat removal device via a distribution unit.
!
33
33
2
2
2
2
KUEHLUNG04-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-53: General arrangement of cooling systems with one and more drivecomponents
The heat removal device carries off the total heat that was fed into theliquid into a higher-level coolant. It provides a temperature-controlledcoolant and thus maintains a required temperature level at thecomponents that are to be cooled.
There are three different types of heat removal devices (see Fig. 9-54).They are identified by the type of the heat exchanger between thedifferent media:
1. Air-to liquid cooling unit
2. Liquid-to-liquid cooling unit
3. Cooling unit
A heat removal device includes a heat exchanger, a coolant pumpcontainer and a coolant container (see Fig. 9-52).
Heat removal device
9-34 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
&&4"
%
'
!
% '
(
&" &&"
"
!&4"
(3 E
KUEHLUNG05-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-54: Heat removal devices
Air-to liquidcooling unit
Liquid-to-liquid coolingunit
Cooling unit
Coolant temperature control accuracy Low (±5 K) Low (±5 K) Good (±1 K)
Upstream coolant circuit required No Yes No
Heating of ambient air Yes No Yes
Power loss recovery No Yes No
Size of the cooling unit Small Small Large
Dependent of ambient temperature Yes No No
Environment-damaging coolant No No Yes
Comments on utilization criteria Particularlysuitable forstand-alonemachines thatdo not have anupstreamcoolant circuitavailable anddo not have tofulfill highrequirementson the stabilityof the coolanttemperature.
This cooling type isparticularly suitable forsystems with existingcentral feedback cooler. Iddoes fulfill highrequirements on thestability of the coolanttemperature.
Particularly suitable for highrequirements on the thermalstability (high-precisionapplications, for example).
Fig. 9-55: Overview of the heat removal devices according to utilization criteria
Coolant linesThe coolant lines are a major part of the cooling system. They have agreat influence on the system´s operational safety and pressure drop.The lines can be made up as hoses or pipes.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-35
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The coolant lines of linear motor drives with moved primaries must belaid within a flexible energy chain.
The continuous bending strain of the coolant lines must always be takeninto account when they are sized and selected.
Further optional components• Distributions
• Coolant temperature controller
• Flow monitorA message is output when the flow drops below a selectableminimum flow quantity.
• Level monitorChiefly minimum-maximum level monitor to check the coolant level inthe coolant container
• Overflow valve
• Safety valveOpens a connection between the coolant inlet and the containedwhen a certain pressure is reached
• Coolant filter (100 µm)
• Coolant heatingsTo provide coolant of a correct temperature, in particular for coolanttemperature control
• Restrictor and shut-off valves
Circuit typesThe two possible ways of connecting hydraulic components(series/parallel connection) show significant differences with respect to:
• Pressure drop of the entire cooling system
• Capacity of the coolant pump
• Temperature level and controllability of the individual componentsthat are to be cooled
D
D
D D
!
D!
A
A
A!
KUEHLUNG06-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-56: Parallel connection of liquid-cooled drive components
The parallel connection is characterized by nodes in the hydraulicsystem. The sum of the coolant streams flowing into a node is equal tothe sum of the coolant streams flowing out of this node. Between twonodes, the pressure difference (pressure drop) is the same for allintermediate cooling system branches.
Laying flexible coolant lineswithin the energy chain
Parallel connection
9-36 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
n21
n21
pppp
Q... QQQ
∆∆∆∆ ===
++=
∆p: Pressure dropQ: Flow quantity
Fig. 9-57: Pressure drop and flow quantity in the parallel connection ofhydraulic components
When several working components are cooled, a parallel connection isadvantageous for the following reasons:
• The individual components that are to be cooled can be cooled at theindividual required flow quantity. This means a high thermaloperational reliability.
• Same temperature level at the coolant entry of all components (equalmachine heating)
• Same pressure difference between coolant entry and outlet of allcomponents (no high overall pressure required)
D# !
# # !#!
FFF!
A A A!
KUEHLUNG07-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-58: Series connection of liquid-cooled drive components
In series connection, the same coolant stream flows through allcomponents that are to be cooled. Each component has a pressuredrop between coolant inlet and coolant outlet. The individual pressuredrops add up to the overall pressure drop of the drive components.
Series connection does not permit any individual selection of the flowquantity required for the individual components to be made. It is onlyexpedient if the individual components that are to be cooled needapproximately the same flow quantity and bring about only a smallpressure drop or if they are installed very far away from the heat removaldevice.
n21
n21
p ... ppp
QQQQ
∆∆∆∆ ++=
===
∆p: Pressure dropQ: Flow quantity
Fig. 9-59: Pressure drop and flow quantity in the parallel connection ofhydraulic components
The following disadvantages of series connection must always be takeninto account:
Series connection
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-37
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
• The required system pressure corresponds to the sum of all pressuredrops of the individual components. This means a reduced hydraulicoperational safety due to a high system pressure.
• The temperature level of the coolant rises from one component to thenext. Each power loss contribution to the coolant rises its temperature(inhomogeneous machine heating)
• Some components may not be cooled as required since the flowquantity cannot be selected individually.
Combining series and parallel connections of the drive components thatare to be cooled permits the benefits of both connection types to beused.
D
D
D D
!D!
D % '
A
A
A!
A%A A'
KUEHLUNG08-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-60: Combination of series and parallel connection
Combination of series andparallel connection
9-38 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.7 Motor temperature Monitoring Circuit
In their standard configuration, the primaries of IndraDyn L motors areequipped with built-in motor protection temperature sensors. Everymotor phase contains of one out of three switched in a row ceramicPTC´s, so that a sure thermical control of the motor in every operationphase is possible. These thermistors (furthermore: thermistor motorprotection) have a switching character (see Fig. 9-64) and becomeevaluated on all Bosch Rexroth control devices.
Furthermore all primaries are fitted with an additional thermistor forexternal temperature measurement. These sensors (furthermore: sensortemperature measurement) has nearly a linear characteristic curve (seeFig. 9-65).
5
/340
.6*7
!687
(
(
( 3 <=;>>> / $$ % ''
#
' 2
;4.*<$$ ' /$/ % ''
TEMPSENS01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-61: Arrangement of temperature sensors at IndraDyn L motors
Type PTC SNM.150.DK.***
Rated response temperature ϑNAT 150 °C
Resistor at 25°C ≈ 100...250 Ohm
Fig. 9-62: Temperature sensor motor protection
Note: For the parallel arrangement of two or more primary parts, themotor protection temperature sensors of all primary parts areconnected in series. For further details, please see Chapter 8“Electrical Connection”.
Type KTY84-130
Resistor at 25°C 577 Ohm
Resistor at 100°C 1000 Ohm
Continuous current at 100°C 2 mA
Fig. 9-63: Temperature measurement sensor
Note: Notice the correct polarity when using the sensor fortemperature measurement external.
Temperature sensor motorprotection
Sensors temperaturemeasurement external
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-39
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Motor protection temperature sensorsconnecting cores 5 and 6
norminal responce temperature 150°C
100
1000
10000
100000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170
motor winding temperature in °C
tem
per
atu
re s
enso
r re
sist
ance
in o
hm
s
N=íÉãéÉê~íìêÉ=ëÉåëçê=EN=éêáã~êóF=
O=éêáã~êáÉë=áå=ëÉêáÉë
=Q=éêáã~êáÉë=áå=ëÉêáÉë=
TEMPERATURSENSOREN LSF.XLS
Fig. 9-64: Characteristik of temperature sensors motor protection (PTC)
temperature measuring sensor KTY84-130connecting cores 7 (+) und 8 (-)
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170
motor winding temperature in °C
tem
per
atu
re s
enso
r re
sist
ance
in o
hm
s
Fig. 9-65: Characteristik sensor temperature measurement KTY84-130 (PTC)
A polynomial of degree 3 proves sufficient for describing the resistancecharacteristic of the sensor used for temperature measurement (KTY84-130). Below, this is specified for determining a temperature from a givenresistance, and vice versa.
9-40 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
DRCRBRAT KTY2
KTY3
KTYw +⋅+⋅+⋅=Tw: Winding temperature of the motor in °CRKTY: Resistance of the temperature sensor in OhmsA: 3.039 ·10-8
B: -1.44 ·10-4
C: 0.358D: -143.78
Fig. 9-66: Polynomial used for determining the temperature with a knownsensor resistance (KTY84)
DTCTBTAR w2
w3
wKTY +⋅+⋅+⋅=Tw: Winding temperature of the motor in °CRKTY: Resistance of the temperature sensor in OhmsA: 1.065 ·10-6
B: 0.011C: 3.93D: 492.78
Fig. 9-67: Polynomial used for determining the sensor resistance (KTY84) witha known temperature
Temperature vs. resistance
Resistance vs. temperature
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-41
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.8 Setup Elevation and Ambient Conditions
The performance data specified for the motors apply in the followingconditions:
• Ambient temperature + 0 bis + 40° C
• Setup heights of 0 m up to 1000 m above MSL
Different conditions lead to a departing of the data according to thefollowing diagrams. Do occur deviating ambient temperatures and highersetup elevations at the same time, both utilization factors must bemultiplied.
-
GH.I ! %
#'
#+
% % %%
-7
GI
#
#'
#+
#
UMGEBHOE-MLF-DE.EPS
(1): Utilization depending on the ambient temperature(2): Utilization depending on the site altitudefT: Temperature utilization factortA: Ambient temperature in degrees CelsiusfH: Height utilization factorh: Site altitude in meters
Fig. 9-68: IndraDyn L height utilization
If either the ambient temperature or the site altitude exceeds thenominal data:
1. Multiply the motor data provided in the selection data with thecalculated utilization factor.
2. Ensure that the reduced torque data are not exceeded by yourapplication.
If both the ambient temperature and the site altitude exceed the nominaldata:
1. Multiply the determined utilization factors fT and fH by each other.2. Multiply the value obtained by the motor data specified in the
selection data.Ensure that the reduced motor data are not exceeded by yourapplication.
Note: The details for the utilization against the site altitude andenvironmental temperature do not apply to the defined liquidcoolant on the motor, but on the whole drive system,consisting of motor, drive controller and mains supply.
9-42 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.9 Protection Class
The design of the IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors complies withthe following degrees of protection according to DIN VDE 0470, Part 1,ed. 11/1992 (EN 60 529):
Motor components Protection class
Primary in standard encapsulation
Primary in thermal encapsulation
Secondary segment
IP 65
Fig. 9-69: Protection class of IndraDyn L motors
The type of protection is defined by the identification symbol IP(International Protection) and two code numbers specifying the degree ofprotection.
The first code number defines the degree of protection against contactand penetration of foreign particles. The second code number definesthe degree of protection against water.
First figure Degree of protection
6Protection against penetration of dust (dust-proof);complete shock protection
Second figure Degree of protection
5Protection against a water jet from a nozzle directedagainst the housing from all directions (jet water)
Fig. 9-70: IP degrees of protection
Note: Tests regarding the second characteristic numeral must beperformed using fresh water. If cleaning is effected using highpressure and/or solvents, coolants, or penetrating oils, itmight be necessary to select a higher degree of protection.
WARNING
Personal injuries, damaging or destroying motorcomponents!⇒ Use IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors only in
environments for which the specified class ofprotection proves sufficient.
9.10 Compatibility
All Rexroth controls and drives are developed and tested according tothe state-of-the-art.
However, as it is impossible to follow up the permanent newdevelopment of all material which may come into contact with ourcontrollers and drives (e.g. lubricants for machine tools), we cannotgenerally exclude any reaction with the materials used in our systems.
For this reason, you will have to carry out a test on compatibility amongnew lubricants, detergents, etc. and our housing and device materials.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-43
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.11 Magnetic Fields
The secondaries of synchronous linear motors are equipped withpermanent magnets, which are not magnetic shielded.
To be able to assess EMC problems (e.g. the influence on inductiveswitches or inductive measuring systems), chip attraction, and forhuman protection, the values of the magnetic induction as a function ofthe distance to the secondary are specified below.
The representation distinguishes between ferromagnetic materials (e.g.steel) and non-ferromagnetic materials (e.g. air), and between differentdirections.
0,0 T
0,1 T
0,2 T
0,3 T
0,4 T
0,5 T
0,6 T
0,7 T
0,8 T
0 mm 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 80 mm 90 mm
distance to the secondary
ind
uct
ion
B
1: direction 1, ferromagnetic material2: direction 1, non-ferromagnetic material3: direction 2 and 3, areas of both materials
1
2
INDUKTIONSVERTEILUNG M
Fig. 9-71: Magnetic induction in ferromagnetic and non-ferromagnetic materialsvs. the distance to the secondary
Note: Secondaries of IndraDyn L motors generate a static magneticfield.
Ferromagnetic chips are not attracted at a distance of approximately 100mm from the surface of the secondary.
Note: It must be ensured that the secondary is not located in theimmediate chip area of the machine. Suitable covers must beprovided.
Chip attraction
9-44 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.12 Vibration and Shock
According to IEC 721-3-3 Issue 1987 or EN 60721-3-3 Issue 06/1994,IndraDyn L motors are approved for the utilization in areas that areexposed to vibration and/or shock as given in Fig. 9-72 and 9-73.IndraDyn L motors may be used in stationary weather-proof operationcorresponding to class 3M5.
Influencing quantity Unit Maximumvalue
Amplitude of the excursion at 2 to 9 Hz mm 0,3
Amplitude of the acceleration at 9 to 200Hz
m/s² 1
Fig. 9-72: Limit data for sinusoidal vibrations
Influencing quantity Unit Maximumvalue
Total shock-response spectrum(according to IEC721-1, :1990; Table 1,Section 6)
Type II
Reference acceleration,in IEC 721: Peak acceleration
m/s² 250
Duration ms 6
Fig. 9-73: Limits for shock load
WARNING
Motor damage and loss of warranty!⇒ A motor, used outside of specified operating
conditions can be damaged. In addition, anywarranty claim will expire.
⇒ Ensure that the maximum values specified in Fig. 9-72 and Fig. 9-73 for storage, transport, andoperation of the motors are not exceeded.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-45
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.13 Enclosure surface
The following table shows the condition of the enclosure surface whendelivered.
Motor component Layout of enclosure / enclosuresurface
Remarks
Primary in standard encapsulationStainless steel V4Ablack printing (RAL 9005)
Varnish resistant to weather,yellowing, chalking, thinned acidsand thinned lyes
Primary in thermal encapsulationStainless steel V4Ablack printing (RAL 9005); front sidealuminium blank
Varnish resistant to weather,yellowing, chalking, thinned acidsand thinned lyes
SecondaryCover plate V4Amagnet base carrier C45, chromatic
Fig. 9-74: Layout of enclosure surface
Note: The surface of the motor components may be painted withadditional varnish.
9.14 Noise emission
The noise emission of synchronous linear drives can be compared withconventional inverter-operated feed drives.
Experience has shown that the noise generation chiefly depends on
• the employed linear guides (velocity-related travel noise),
• The mechanical design (following cover, etc.), and
• the settings of drive and controller (e.g. switching frequency)
A generally valid specification is therefore not possible.
9-46 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.15 Length Measuring System
A linear scale is required for measuring the position and the velocity.Particularly high requirements are placed upon the linear scale and itsmechanical connection. The linear scale serves for high-resolutionposition sensing and to determine the current speed.
Note: The necessary length measuring system is not in the scopeof delivery of Bosch Rexroth and has to be provided andmounted from the machine manufacturer himself. (see Fig. 9-80).
model
open systemsensapsulated
systems
measuringprinciple
incrementalincremental,
distance-encodedreference marks
absolutelinear scale
integrated intolinear guides
Fig. 9-75: Classification of linear scales
It is necessary at synchronous linear motors to receive the position ofthe primary relating on the secondary by return after start or after amalfunction (pole position recognition). Using an absolute linear scale isthe optimum solution here.
Selection criteria for linear scalesDepending on the operating conditions, open or encapsulated linearscales with different measuring principles and signal periods can beused. The selection of a suitable linear scales mainly depends on:
• the maximum feed rate (model, signal period)
• the maximum travel (measuring length, model)
• if applicable, utilization of coolant lubricants (model)
• produced dirt, chips etc. (model)
• the accuracy requirements (signal period)
Peculiarities of synchronouslinear motors
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-47
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Models
Open model Encapsulated model Measuring system,integrated in rail guides
Advantages:
- High traverse rates
- No friction
- High accuracy
- Easy installation
- High protection rating
- Incremental and absolute
measurement available
- Combined guidance and
measurement
- No additional installation required
- Highest protection rating
- High traverse rates
- Little space required
Disadvantage:
- Low protection mode
- Currently no absolute measurement
systems available
- More complicated mounting and
adjustment
- Maximum velocity
currently 120m/min
- No absolute measurement systems
available
Fig. 9-76: Advantages and disadvantages of different linear scales models
If there are no dirt, chips, etc. in a machine or system and if coolantlubricants will never be used, employing an open linear scale isrecommended. Thus open linear scale are frequently used for handlingaxes, precision and measuring machines, and in the semiconductorindustry.
Encapsulated systems should be employed if chips are produced and/orcoolant lubricants are used. To achieve highest operational reliability, anencapsulated system can have additional sealing air. Encapsulatedlinear scales are chiefly used at chip-producing machine tools.
The ball and roller rail guides from Rexroth are available with anintegrated inductive linear scales. The system consists of a separatescanner (read head) and a material measure that is integrated into therail. The material measure is accommodated in a groove of the guiderail, and is protected by a tightly welded stainless steel type. The readhead is attached directly to the guide carriage.
The system is insensitive against soiling (e.g. dust, chips, coolant, etc.)and magnetic fields. Due to the little space required, the compact androbust device (measuring system and guides) permits simplifiedstructures compared with an externally attached measuring system.There are no costs for material and installation of external systems.
Open model
Encapsulated model
Measuring system,integrated in rail guides
9-48 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Measuring principle
The advantages of an absolute linear scale result from the fact that ahigh availability and operational reliability of the axis of motion and,consequently, of the entire system is guaranteed.
Advantage
• Monitoring and diagnosis functions of the electronic drive system arepossible without any additional wiring
• No axis travel limit switches required
• The maximum available motor force is available at any point of thetravel immediately after power-up.
• No referencing required
• Easy commissioning of horizontal and vertical axes
• pole position recognition only required for initial commissioning
Disadvantage:
• Maximum measuring length is limited (3040mm)
• Only encapsulated systems available
Note: An ENDAT interface is required if absolute linear scales areused.
Using an absolute linear scales makes it possible that the pole positionrecognition of the motor need only be performed once for initialcommissioning. This drive-internal procedure is possible withoutactivating the power. This provides advantages when commissioningvertical axes, in particular.
Rexroth recommends the absolute linear scale LS181 and LC481 fromHeidenhain. Both systems are equipped with an ENDAT interface.
LC181_1.TIF
Fig. 9-77: Absolute encapsulated length measuring system LC181
Absolute scales
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-49
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
When an incremental linear scale is used together with a synchronouslinear motor, the pole position must be measured upon each power-up.This is done, using a drive-internal procedure that must be executedwhenever the axis is switched on. After this, a force processing of themotor is possible.
Note: With incremental linear scales, the drive-internal pole positionrecognition procedure must be executed upon each power-up. Pole position recognition required the primary part to bemoved!
Advantage
• Depending on the model, travels up to 30 m (or unlimited distance)possible
• high feed rate possible
• Different signal periods and, consequently, different positionresolutions possible.
Disadvantage:
• Pole position must be measured upon each power-up.
• Pole position recognition required the primary part to be moved
• Pole position recognition is not possible for vertical axes
• Pole position recognition is not possible for securely braked axes orfor axes at the hard stop
• Pole position recognition of Gantry axes may cause problems
• Reference point interpretation and homing switch are required
• Safety limit switch is required
Incremental linear scales with distance-encoded reference marks offerthe benefit of a simplified and, even more important, shortenedreferencing. With such a system, referencing requires the axis merely tobe moved by several centimeters (depends on the model).
Note: Distance-encoded scales do not perform absolutemeasurement. Pole position recognition must also beperformed upon each power-up (like incremental systems thatare not distance encoded).
lida185.tif
Fig. 9-78: Open incremental linear scales LIDA185C with distance-encodedreference marks
Incremental scales
Incremental linear scales withdistance-encoded reference
marks
9-50 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Maximum permissible velocity and accelerationOne limitation factor of the maximum permissible feed rate of a lengthmeasuring system are the sealing lips and the guides of the scancarriage on the glass rule. Currently, the velocity of an encapsulatedsystem is limited to 120 m/min.
The other limitation factor of the maximum permissible feed rate is thefrequency limit of the output signals (manufacturer´s specifications) orthe maximum permissible input frequency of subsequent circuits (drivecontroller).
60periodSignalfv maxmax ⋅⋅=vmax: Maximum feed rate in m/minSignal period: Signal period of linear scale in mmfMAX: Maximum input frequency of scale interface
DAG 1 VSS: 500kHzDLF 1 VSS: 500kHz
Fig. 9-79: Maximum traverse rate of linear scale related to the maximum inputfrequency of the scale interface
The very rigid internal structure of open linear scales permits maximumacceleration values in the measuring direction of up to 200m/s². Topermit relatively high attachment tolerances, the scan carriage ofencapsulated linear scales cannot rigidly be connected with the mountingfoot. Encapsulated linear scales systems for linear motors, however, arecomparatively rigid and may be used for maximum accelerations in themeasuring direction between 50 m/s² and 100 m/s² (depending on thelength measuring system employed).
Note: Please refer to the documents from the correspondingmanufacturer for detailed and updated information.
Position resolution and positioning accuracyTo reach a high resolution of the linear scale, an interpolation of thesinusoidal input signal of the linear scale is performed in the drivecontroller (see Fig. 10-9). Depending on the maximum travel range andon the signal period, a drive-internal position resolution of less than 1mm is possible. (See also Chapter 10.4 Position and Velocity Resolution)
Note: The drive-internal position resolution does not correspond tothe positioning accuracy! The absolute positioning accuracyis depending on the entire drive system, including mechanicalsystems.
Measuring system cablesReady-made cables of Rexroth are available for the electrical connectionbetween the output of the linear scale and the input of the scaleinterface. To ensure maximum transmission and scale interferencesafety, you should preferably use these ready-made cables.
Maximum permissible feed rate
Maximum permissibleacceleration in the measuring
direction
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-51
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Recommended linear scales for linear motorsManufacturer
typeSignal period
in mm(S-0-0116)
Model Outputsignals
Measuringprinciple
Maximummeasuring
length in mm
Maximumvelocity in
m/min
P-0-0074 Reference marks
HeidenhainLC 181 0.016 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss
absoluteENDAT 3040 120 8 None
(absolute)
HeidenhainLC 481 0.016 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss
absoluteENDAT 2040 120 8 None
(absolute)
HeidenhainLS 486 0.02 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 2040 120 2
one(Center meas.
length)
HeidenhainLS 486C 0.02 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 2040 120 2 Distance-encoded
HeidenhainLS 186 0.02 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 3040 120 2
one(Center meas.
length)HeidenhainLS 186C 0.02 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 3040 120 2 Distance-encoded
HeidenhainLB 382 0.04 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 30040 120 2 Selectable by
masks
HeidenhainLB 382C 0.04 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 30040 120 2 Distance-encoded
HeidenhainLF 183 0.004 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 3040 60 2 Selectable by
magnets
HeidenhainLF 183C 0.004 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 3040 60 2 Distance-encoded
HeidenhainLF 481 0.004 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 1220 60 2
one(Center meas.
length)HeidenhainLF 481C 0.004 Encapsulated Sine 1 Vss Incremental 1220 60 2 Distance-encoded
HeidenhainLIDA 185 0.04 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 30040 480 2 Selectable by
magnets
HeidenhainLIDA 185C 0.04 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 30040 480 2 Distance-encoded
HeidenhainLIDA 187 0.04 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 6040 480 2 Selectable by
magnets
HeidenhainLIDA 187C 0.04 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 6040 480 2 Distance-encoded
RenishawRG 2 0.02 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 30040 500 2 Selectable by
magnets
HeidenhainLIF 181R 0.004 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 3040 120 2
one(Center meas.
length)HeidenhainLIF 181C 0.004 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 3040 120 2 Distance-encoded
Heidenhain LIP481R 0.002 Open Sine 1 Vss Incremental 420 60 2
one(Center meas.
length)
RexrothIML 1.000 Integrated in
rail guides Sine 1 Vss Incremental 4000 600 2One
(Position tocustomer request)
P-0-0074: Drive parameter “Encoder type 1”S-0-0116: Drive parameter “Encoder 1 resolution”
Fig. 9-80: Recommended linear scales for linear motors
Note:
• To ensure maximum interference immunity, Rexroth recommends thevoltage interface with 1Vpp.
• Please refer to the documents from the corresponding manufacturerfor detailed and possibly updated information.
9-52 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Mounting Linear scales
With linear drives, the mounting of the measuring system to the machinecan limit the bandwidth of the position control loop. As a consequencefor the design, this means that the coupling between the scan unit andthe rule of an open linear scale, or between the rule enclosure of anencapsulated linear scale, and the machine – with respect to the naturalfrequency – must be significantly higher than the one of the linear scale.The natural frequencies of today´s encapsulated linear scales are 2kHzand higher.
It must also be ensured that the linear scales is not attached to vibratingmachine components. In particular, attaching the system in the vicinity ofvibration maximal must be avoided.
In order to minimize the moved masses and to obtain the highest rigidityin the measuring direction, the scanner unit should always be moved ifpossible.
The user should provide an encapsulation if an open linear scale isemployed despite adverse conditions (chips, dust, etc.). It must also benoted that the scanning head must be adjusted when the open linearscale is installed. Corresponding adjustment possibilities must beprovided in the design (please heed the specifications of themanufacturer).
To obtain relatively high installation tolerances, the scan carriage ofencapsulated linear scale is connected with the mounting base viacoupling that is very rigid in the measuring direction and slightly flexibleperpendicularly to the measuring direction. If the rigidity of this couplingin the measuring direction is too weak, there are low natural frequenciesin the feedback of the position and velocity control loop that can limit thebandwidth. The encapsulated linear scales that are recommended forlinear motors usually possess a natural frequency in the measuringdirection that is above 2 kHz. Thus, the natural frequency of the linearscale in the measuring direction can be neglected with respect to themechanical natural frequencies of the machine.
If several motors on an axis are used with a single linear scale, themotors should be positioned as symmetrically as possible.
With a Gantry axis, where each motor of pair of motors is assigned to alinear scale system, the distance between motor and linear scale shouldbe as small as possible. The accuracy of the linear scale as such andwith respect to each other should be less than 5 µm/m. Drive-internalaxis error compensations can minimize remaining misalignmentsbetween the linear scales.
Elasticity of the coupling to themachine
Mounting method
Open linear scales systems
Encapsulated linear scalessystems
Parallel arrangement of motorswith one linear scale system
Gantry axes
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-53
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.16 Linear Guides
Depending on the motor arrangement, the attractive, feed and processforces and the velocities of more than 600 m/min that can be reachedtoday stress the linear guides. The employed linear guides must theable to handle
• Attractive force between the primary and the secondary and
• Machining and acceleration forces
Depending on the application, the following linear guides are employed:
• Ball or roll rail guides
• Slideways
• Hydrostatic guides
• Aerostatic guides
The following requirements should be taken into account when a suitablelinear guide system is selected:
• High accuracy and no backlash
• Low friction and no stick-slip effect
• High rigidity
• Steady run, even at high velocities
• Easy mounting and adjustment
9.17 Braking Systems and Holding Devices
The following systems can be used as braking systems and/or holdingdevices for linear motors:
• External braking devices
• Clamping elements for linear guides
• Holding brakes integrated in the weight compensation
See also Chapter 16 “Recommended suppliers of additionalcomponents”.
Note: Additional information about stopping linear motors can befound in the Chapters 9.18 End Position and 9.21 Stopping atEMERGENCY STOP and in the event of malfunction and inthe appropriate documentation of the used drive-controller.
9-54 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.18 End Position shock absorber
Where linear drives with frequently high traverse rates and accelerationsare concerned, uncontrolled movements (such as coasting after a mainsfailure) cannot always safely be avoided.Suitable energy-absorbing end position shock absorber must beprovided in order to protect the machine during uncontrolled coasting ofan axis.
WARNING
Damage on machine or motor componentswhen driving against hard stop!⇒ Use suitable energy-absorbing end position shock
absorber⇒ Adhere to the specified maximum decelerations
Note: The necessary spring excursion of the shock absorbers mustbe taken into account when the end position shock absorberare integrated into the machine (in particular when the totaltravel path is determined).
Given by the type of attachment and by the type of the primary (numberof mounting screws, attractive force, mass, etc.), there is a maximumdeceleration in the movement onto an end stop.If this maximum deceleration is exceeded, this can lead to loosening theprimary and to damaging of motor components.The maximum permissible deceleration upon moving against end stop is300 m/s².
Note: Using a suitable end stop shock absorber, the maximumpermissible deceleration for moving against an end stop mustbe limited to 300 m/s².
With the known maximum deceleration of 300 m/s² and the maximumpossible velocity, the minimum spring excursion can be calculated asfollwos:
2158v
s2max
min =
smin : Minimum braking distance in mmvmax: Maximum possible velocity in m/min
Fig. 9-81: Braking distance to be kept when driving against end stop
Maximum deceleration whendriving against end stop
Braking distance to be keptwhen driving against end stop
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-55
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.19 Axis Cover System
Depending on the application, design, operational principle and featuresof synchronous linear motors the following requirements on axis coversystems apply:
• High dynamic properties (no overshoot, little masses)
• Accuracy and smooth run
• Protection of motor components against chips, dust andcontamination (in particular ferromagnetic parts),
• Resistance to oil and coolant lubricants
• Robustness and wear resistance
The following axis cover systems can be used:
• Bellow covers
• Telescopic covers
• Roller covers
A suitable axis cover system should be configured, if possible, during theearly development process of the machine or system – supportet by thecorresponding specialized supplier (see Chapter “Recommendedsuppliers of additional components”).
9-56 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.20 Wipers
It is generally possible, to use a wiper for removing chips directly fromthe secondary. The following points must be taken into account when asuitable wiper system is selected and used.
If possible, a wiper should be used on a whole secondary. If more thanone secondary is used, joints between the secondaries must be takeninto account (destruction of wiper or of secondaries). In these cases, adefined distance – smaller than the air gap among the primary and thesecondary – between wiper and the secondary or a wiper in the form of ahard brush can help.
The secondary attracts ferromagnetic chips at a distance of approx. 100mm. These attractive forces must be taken into account whenferromagnetic chips are removed.
If the utilization of the wiper causes a significant rise of the temperatureon the secondary surface, it must be ensured that this temperature doesnot exceed the limit of 70°C.
The wiper should be mounted to the superordinated machineconstruction. Mounting the wiper in additional holes directly on theprimary is not permitted.
WARNING
Damage or destruction of motor components byinappropriate utilization of a wiper on thesecondary part!⇒ If possible, utilization only on whole secondaries⇒ Take slightly height differences of the secondaries
into account⇒ Take temperature rises due to friction into account⇒ Mounting the wiper in additional holes directly on
the primary is not permitted
Secondary part segments
Ferromagnetic chips
Temperature produced byfriction
Mounting the wiper
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-57
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.21 Drive and Control of IndraDyn L motors
The following figures shows a complete linear direct drive, consisting of asynchronous linear motor, length scale system, drive controller andsuperordinate control.
=
$%'/$</
#<$$$"'$
3$'/ +60 '$ -
/ '%' '$ '2 '
ANTRSYST01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-82: Linear direct drive
Drive controller and power supply modulesTo control IndraDyn L motors, different digital drive controllers and powersupply modules are available. These drive systems are configurable andof a modular or compact structure.
Note: The drive controllers and the related firmware for theIndraDyn L motors are the same as for the rotary drives fromBosch Rexroth.
Control systemsA master control is required for generating defined movements.Depending on the functionality of the whole machine and the usedcontrol systems, Bosch Rexroth offers different control systems.
9-58 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.22 Shutdown upon EMERGENCY STOP and in the Event of aMalfunction
The shutdown of an axis, equipped with an IndraDyn L motor, can beinitiated by
• EMERGENCY STOP,
• drive fault (e.g. response of the encoder monitoring function) or
• mains failure
For the options of shutting down an IndraDyn L motor in the event of amalfunction, distinction must be made between
• Shutdown by the drive,
• Shutdown by a master control and
• Shutdown by a mechanical braking device.
Shutdown by the driveAs long as there is no fault or malfunction in the drive system, shutdownby the drive is possible. The shutdown possibilities depend on theoccurred drive error and on the selected error response of the drive.Certain faults (interface faults or fatal faults) lead to a forcedisconnection of the drive.
WARNING
Death, serious injuries or damage to equipmentmay result from an uncontrolled coasting of aswitched-off linear drive!⇒ Construction and design according to the safety
standards⇒ Protection of people by suitable barriers and
enclosures⇒ Using external mechanical braking facilities⇒ Use suitable energy-absorbing end position shock
absorber
The parameter values of the drive response to interface faults and non-fatal faults can be selected. The drive switches off at the end of eachfault response.
The following fault responses can be selected:
0 – Setting velocity command value to zero
Setting force command value to zero
Setting velocity command value to zero with command value ramp andfilter
3 - Retraction
Note: Please refer to the corresponding firmware functiondescription for additional information about the reaction tofaults and the related parameter value assignments.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-59
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Shutdown by a master control
Shutdown by control functionsShutdown by the master control should be performed in the followingsteps:
1. The machine PLC or the machine I/O level reports the fault to theCNC control
2. The CNC control shuts down the drives via a ramp in the fastestpossible way
3. The CNC control causes the power at the power supply module to beshut down.
Drive initiated by the control shutdownShutdown by the master control should be performed in the followingsteps:
1. The machine I/O level reports the fault to the CNC control and SPS
2. The CNC control or the PLC resets the drive enabling signal of thedrives. If SERCOS interface is used, it deactivates the “E-STOP”input at the SERCOS interface module.
3. The drive responds with the selected error response.
4. The power at the power supply module must be switched off 500 msafter the drive enabling signal has been reset or the “E-STOP” inputhas been deactivated.
Note: The delayed power shutdown ensures the safe shutdown ofthe drive by the drive controller. With an undelayed powershutdown, the drive coasts in an uncontrolled way once theDC bus energy has been used up.
Shutdown via mechanical braking deviceShutdown by mechanical braking devices should be activatedsimultaneously with switching off the power at the power supply module.Integration into the holding brake control of the drive controllers ispossible, too. The following must be observed:
• Braking devices with electrical 24V DC control (electrically un-locking)and currents < 2 A can directly be triggered.
• Braking devices with electrical 24V DC control and currents > 2 A canbe triggered via a suitable contractor.
Once the drive enabling signal has been removed, the holding brakecontrol has the following effect:
• Fault reaction “0”, “1” and “3”.The holding brake control drops to 0 V once the velocity is less than10 mm/min or a time of 400 ms has elapsed.
• Fault reaction “2”The holding brake control drops to 0 V immediately after the driveenabling signal has been removed.
9-60 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Response to a mains failureIn order to be able to shut down the linear drive as fast as possible in theevent of a mains failure,
• either an uninterruptible power supply or
• additional DC bus capacities (condensers), and /or
• mechanical braking facilities
must be provided.
Additional capacities in the DC bus represent an additional energy storethat can supply the brake energy required in the event of a mains failure.
Note: Internal control circuits are also supplied by the DC bus;external backup is not necessary.
The additional capacity required for a shutdown upon a mains failure canbe determined as follows:
+⋅−⋅⋅⋅
−⋅= 3.0
FF
vRk
F5,3
UU
vmC
max
Rmax122
iF
max2
minDC
2
maxDC
maxadd
Cadd: Required additional DC bus capacitor in mFm: Moved mass in kgvmax: Maximum velocity in m/sUDCmax: Maximum DC bus voltage in VUDCmin: Minimum DC bus voltage in VFMAX: Maximum braking force of the motor in NkiF: Motor constant (force constant) in N/AR12: Winding resistance at 20°CFR: Frictional force in N
Fig. 9-83: Determining the required additional DC bus capacitor
Prerequisites: - final velocity = 0- velocity-independent friction –constant deceleration – winding temperature 135°C
Note: The maximum possible DC bus capacity of the employedpower supply module must be taken into account whenadditional capacities are used in the DC bus. Do not initiate aDC voltage short-circuit when additional capacitors areemployed.
Short-circuit of DC busMost of the power supply modules of Bosch Rexroth permit the DC busto be shortened when the power is switched off, which also establishes ashort-circuit between the motor phases. When the motor moves, thiscauses a braking effect according to the principle of the induction;thereby the motor phases are shorted. The reachable braking force isnot very high and velocity-dependend. The DC bus short-circuit cantherefore only be used to support existing mechanical braking devices.
Determining the requiredadditional DC bus capacitor
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-61
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.23 Maximum Acceleration Changes (Jerk Limitation)
The maximum rate of current and force rise is determined by theavailable DC bus voltage and the motor inductance. As shown in Fig. 9-84, with highly dynamic movements and short strokes, the motorinductance should be low and the DC bus voltage as high as possible.
iF12
DC
12
DC
kLU
dtdF
LU
dtdi
⋅=
=
UDC: DC bus voltage in VL12: Winding inductance in HkiF: Motor constant (force constant) in N/Ai: Current in At: Time in s
Fig. 9-84: Maximum rate of current and force rise
The acceleration change per time unit (derivative of the acceleration) isknown as jerk (see Fig. 9-87).
?
RUCKBEGR01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-85: Acceleration and velocity without jerk limitation
Note: The drive controller or the master control must delimit themaximum jerk when direct drives are employed. (accelerationramp with da/dt ≠ ∞, Fig. 9-86.
Rate of current and force rise
9-62 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
RUCKBEGR02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-86: Acceleration and velocity with jerk limitation
The maximum jerk is determined by the maximum rate of current rise, bythe moved mass and by the motor constant:
mLkU
dtda
r12
iFDCmax ⋅
⋅==
m: Moved mass in kgUDC: DC bus voltage in VkiF: Motor constant (force constant) in N/AL12: Winding inductance in Ha: Acceleration in m/s²t: Time in s
Fig. 9-87: Maximum jerk (acceleration change)
Maximum jerk
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-63
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
9.24 Position and Velocity Resolution
Drive-internal position resolution and positioningaccuracyIn linear direct drives, a linear scale is used for measuring the position.The linear scale for linear motors supply sinusoidal output signals. Thelength of such a sine signal is known as the signal period. It is mainlyspecified in mm or µm.
With the drive controllers from Bosch Rexroth, the sine signals areamplified again in the drive (see Fig. 9-89). The drive-internalamplification also depends on the maximum travel area and the signalperiod of the length measuring system. It always employs 2n vertices(e.g. 2048 or 4096).
n
max
31int 2 torounding 2
x
sf p⋅=
fint: Multiplication factor (S-0-0256, Multiplication 1)sp: Linear scale system signal period in mm (S-0-0116 resolution of
encoder 1)xmax: Maximum travel (S-0-0278, maximum travel)
Fig. 9-88: Multiplication factor
$"'
INTPOLSIN-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 9-89: Drive-internal multiplication and/or interpolation of the measuringsystem signals
With a known signal period and a drive-internal multiplication, the drive-internal position resolution results as:
int
pd f
sx =∆
∆xd: Drive-internal position resolutionsp: Linear scale system signal period (S-0-0116 resolution of encoder 1)fint: Multiplication factor (S-0-0256, Multiplication 1)
Fig. 9-90: Drive-internal position resolution
Note: The drive-internal position resolution is not identical to thereachable positioning accuracy.
9-64 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The reachable position accuracy depends on the mechanical andcontrol-engineering overall system and is not identical to the drive-internal position resolution. .
The reachable position accuracy can be estimated as follows (usingempirical values):
50...30xx dabs ⋅= ∆∆∆xd: Drive-internal position resolution∆xabs: Position accuracy
Fig. 9-91: Estimating the reachable position accuracy
Prerequisites: Optimum controller setting
Note: The expected position accuracy cannot be better than thesmallest position command increment of the master control.
Velocity resolutionThe resolution of the velocity (velocity quantization) is proportional to theposition resolution (see Fig. 9-88) and inversely proportional to thesample time tAD from:
AD
dd t
xv
∆∆ =
∆vd: Velocity resolution in m/s∆xd: Drive-internal position resolution (see Fig. 9-90)tAD: Sample time in s (DIAX04: 250µs, ECODRIVE03: 500µs, IndraDrive:
Standard Performance 250µs / High Performance 125µs)Fig. 9-92: Velocity resolution
9.25 Load Rigidity
The elastic deformability resistance of a structure against an externalforce is known as rigidity (usually specified in N/µm). The reciprocalvalue of the rigidity is known as elasticity.
Influence of disturbing factors on a controlled electric drive is called loadrigidity. It is distinguished between static and dynamic load rigidity.
Reachable positioning accuracy
Rexroth IndraDyn L Application and Construction Instructions 9-65
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Static load rigidityThe static load rigidity of a linear direct drive only depends on themaximum motor force and the drive-internal position resolution:
D
maxstat x
Fc
∆=
cstat: Static load rigidity in N/µmFMAX: Maximum force of the motor in N∆xD: Drive-internal position resolution in µm (see Fig. 9-90)
Fig. 9-93: Static load rigidity of linear direct drives
Note: The rigidity of the machine structure must be taken intoaccount when the static load rigidity of a linear direct drive israted.
max
Dstat F
xd
∆=
dstat: Static elasticity in N/µmFMAX: Maximum force of the motor in N∆xD: Drive-internal position resolution in µm (see Fig. 9-90)
Fig. 9-94: Static elasticity of linear direct drives
Dynamic load rigidityDynamic load rigidity and elasticity are frequency-dependent variables.The dynamic load rigidity of a linear direct drive only depends on thecontroller settings (current, velocity and position controller) and on themoved masses (see Fig. 9-96). The maximum elasticity (or the minimumrigidity) is in the area of the natural frequency of the control loop.
In a simplified form, the following figure shows a typical elasticityfrequency response.
1 10 100 1 .1031 .10 4
1 .10 3
0.01
0.1
G S ω( )
µm
N
ω2 π.
.
Fig. 9-95: Example elasticity frequency response of a linear direct drive
9-66 Application and Construction Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Despite the frequency sensitivity, a sufficiently exact estimate of thedynamic rigidity can be made for the area below the natural frequency ofthe control loop:
( )
( )nv
niFp
2
D1D
n
nviFpdyn
Tk0167.01m
Tkk06.0
21
D
mit
D1
e1T
Tk0167.01kk06.0c
2
⋅⋅+⋅⋅⋅⋅
⋅=
−+⋅
⋅⋅+⋅⋅⋅=
−⋅− π
cdyn: Dynamic load rigidity in N/µmD: AttenuationkiF: Motor constant (force constant) in N/Akp: Proportional gain of velocity controller in A min/mkv: Proportional gain of position controller (Kv-factor) in m/min mmTn: Integral time of velocity controller in msm: Moved mass in kg
Fig. 9-96: Estimating the dynamic load rigidity
dyndyn c
1d =
cdyn: Dynamic load rigidity in N/µmddyn: Dynamic elasticity in N/µm
Fig. 9-97: Determining of the dynamic elasticity
( )n
nviFp0 Tm
Tk60kk1000
21
⋅⋅+⋅⋅⋅
⋅⋅
=π
ω
ω0: Natural frequency in HzkiF: Motor constant (force constant) in N/Akp: Proportional gain of velocity controller in A min/mkv: Proportional gain of position controller (Kv-factor) in m/min mmTn: Integral time of velocity controller in msm: Moved mass in kg
Fig. 9-98: Determining the controller´s natural frequency
Estimating the dynamic loadrigidity
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor-Controller-Combinations 10-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
10 Motor-Controller-Combinations
10.1 General explanation
This chapter contains selection data for different motor/controllercombinations using the IndraDrive family of motor controllers.
The structure of the selection data for the IndraDyn L synchronous,linear motors depends on:
• The motor controller used
• The power supply used and the corresponding supply voltage
• The physical arrangement of the primaries (individual or parallel)
The selection data are sorted by the following criteria:
1. Motor type
2. Maximum force, FMAX
3. Maximum speed with maximum force, vFMAX
Both the standard- and thermally-encapsulated versions of the samesize motors have identical specifications, so the specifications of themotor/controller combinations for both designs have been combined.
Note: The specifications for motor/controller combinations forstandard- and thermally-encapsulated motors are identical.
Motor/controller combinations are also given for motors installed inparallel arrangement on one drive controller.
Note: The specifications for the parallel arrangements of motorsassume they are being powered by one drive controller.Motors mounted parallel in a gantry style and driven byseparate drive controllers should be considered as individual,i.e. non-parrallel, motors.
The PWM frequency of the drive controller affects the motor data. Alldata in this documentation is based on a 4 kHz PWM frequency.
Structure of the selection data
Sorting of the lists
Design of the primary
Parallel motor arrangement
PWM frequency of the DriveController
10-2 Motor-Controller-Combinations Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Explanation of the variables
Maximum force of the motor. This is available for up to 400 ms (see Fig.4-1).
Maximum speed with maximum force, FMAX. This is the speed availableat the maximum force of the motor. (see Fig. 4-1)
Maximum electrical loss of the motor. This is calculated using themaximum current of a motor and a motor winding temperature of 135°C.
Nominal force of the motor (see Fig. 4-1) assuming:
- liquid cooling with a coolant inlet temperature of 30°C
- a motor winding temperature of 135°C, and
- motor at stand still
Nominal speed (see Fig. 4-1)
This is the speed available when the motor is delivering it’s nominalforce, FdN.
Nominal power loss of the motor at FdN
Relative duty cycle in %. This is given with reference to the specifiedmaximum and continuous forces. (see Fig. 11-16)
Intermittent force
The intermittent force depends on the ratio between motor’s nominalcurrent and the nominal current of the drive controller. This intermittentforce can be used intermittently in S6 operation with a duty cycle ofEDFKB. The maximum cycle duration corresponds to the thermal timeconstant of the motor (see chapter 4 “Technical Data”).
%100FF
ED2
KB
dNFKB
⋅
≈
FdN: Nominal force of the motor in NFKB: Potential intermittent force in N
Fig. 10-1: Calculation of the potential duty cycle as related to FKB
An intermittent force higher than the nominal force of the motor is onlythen available when the nominal current of the drive-controller is higherthan the nominal current of the motor.
Nominal current of the motor at nominal force, FdN
Maximum current of the motor at FMAX.
Note: The specification of the current is always given in peakvalues unless otherwise noted.
FMAX
vFMAX
PVMAX
FdN
VN
PvN
EDFMAX
FKB
idN
imax
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor-Controller-Combinations 10-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
10.2 Motor/Controller Combinations; one primary per drive
Controlled DC Bus Voltage, mains supply voltage - 3 x 480 VAC
FMAX [N]
vFmax
[m/min]PVMAX
[kW]FdN [N]
vN [m/min]
PvN [kW]
EDFMAX
[%]FKB [N]
idN [A]
iMAX
[A]Primary MLP...
Standard- / Thermal encapsulation Controller
800 360 6,6 250 600 0,33 5 352 5,9 28 040A-0300 HMS01.1N-W0020800 360 6,6 250 600 0,33 5 375 5,9 28 040A-0300 HMS01.1N-W0036394 537 1,1 127 654 0,08 7 127 3 12 040A-0300 HCS02.1E-W0012800 360 6,6 250 600 0,33 5 375 5,9 28 040A-0300 HCS02.1E-W0028800 360 6,6 250 600 0,33 5 375 5,9 28 040A-0300 HCS02.1E-W00541150 180 7,8 370 360 0,39 5 515 5,9 28 040B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00201150 180 7,8 370 360 0,39 5 555 5,9 28 040B-0150 HMS01.1N-W0036575 313 1,4 188 402 0,1 7 188 3 12 040B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00121150 180 7,8 370 360 0,39 5 555 5,9 28 040B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00281150 180 7,8 370 360 0,39 5 555 5,9 28 040B-0150 HCS02.1E-W0054902 357 5,5 370 480 0,43 8 429 7,5 28 040B-0250 HMS01.1N-W00201150 300 10 370 480 0,43 4 555 7,5 38 040B-0250 HMS01.1N-W0036477 455 0,9 148 532 0,07 7 148 3 12 040B-0250 HCS02.1E-W00121140 303 9,8 370 480 0,43 4 416 7,5 38 040B-0250 HCS02.1E-W00281150 300 10 370 480 0,43 4 555 7,5 38 040B-0250 HCS02.1E-W0054751 483 4 370 600 0,4 10 395 8,5 28 040B-0300 HMS01.1N-W00201150 360 11,9 370 600 0,4 3 555 8,5 49 040B-0300 HMS01.1N-W00361150 360 11,9 370 600 0,4 3 555 8,5 49 040B-0300 HMS01.1N-W00541150 360 11,9 370 600 0,4 3 555 8,5 49 040B-0300 HMS01.1N-W0070432 581 0,7 131 674 0,05 7 131 3 12 040B-0300 HCS02.1E-W0012930 428 7 370 600 0,4 6 385 8,5 38 040B-0300 HCS02.1E-W00281150 360 11,9 370 600 0,4 3 555 8,5 49 040B-0300 HCS02.1E-W00541150 360 11,9 370 600 0,4 3 555 8,5 49 040B-0300 HCS02.1E-W00701150 360 11,9 370 600 0,4 3 555 8,5 49 040B-0300 HCS03.1E-W00701564 256 4,4 630 420 0,34 8 733 7,5 28 070A-0150 HMS01.1N-W00202000 180 7,9 630 420 0,34 4 945 7,5 38 070A-0150 HMS01.1N-W0036819 387 0,7 252 487 0,05 7 252 3 12 070A-0150 HCS02.1E-W00121982 183 7,7 630 420 0,34 4 711 7,5 38 070A-0150 HCS02.1E-W00282000 180 7,9 630 420 0,34 4 945 7,5 38 070A-0150 HCS02.1E-W00541293 351 2,6 630 432 0,28 11 661 8,9 28 070A-0220 HMS01.1N-W00202000 264 7,7 630 432 0,28 4 945 8,9 49 070A-0220 HMS01.1N-W00362000 264 7,7 630 432 0,28 4 945 8,9 49 070A-0220 HMS01.1N-W00542000 264 7,7 630 432 0,28 4 945 8,9 49 070A-0220 HMS01.1N-W0070726 421 0,4 212 484 0,03 7 212 3 12 070A-0220 HCS02.1E-W00121611 312 4,5 630 432 0,28 6 644 8,9 38 070A-0220 HCS02.1E-W00282000 264 7,7 630 432 0,28 4 945 8,9 49 070A-0220 HCS02.1E-W00542000 264 7,7 630 432 0,28 4 945 8,9 49 070A-0220 HCS02.1E-W00702000 264 7,7 630 432 0,28 4 945 8,9 49 070A-0220 HCS03.1E-W00701965 365 15,9 630 540 0,67 4 945 14,8 76 070A-0300 HMS01.1N-W00542000 360 16,6 630 540 0,67 4 945 14,8 78 070A-0300 HMS01.1N-W00702000 360 16,6 630 540 0,67 4 757 14,8 78 070A-0300 HCS02.1E-W00702000 360 16,6 630 540 0,67 4 945 14,8 78 070A-0300 HCS03.1E-W00701953 164 8,6 820 240 0,73 8 931 7,8 28 070B-0100 HMS01.1N-W00202600 120 17,2 820 240 0,73 4 1230 7,8 40 070B-0100 HMS01.1N-W00361036 226 1,5 315 274 0,11 7 315 3 12 070B-0100 HCS02.1E-W00122467 129 15,2 820 240 0,73 5 903 7,8 38 070B-0100 HCS02.1E-W00282600 120 17,2 820 240 0,73 4 1230 7,8 40 070B-0100 HCS02.1E-W00541524 217 7,2 820 264 0,67 9 876 8,2 28 070B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00202316 163 23,2 820 264 0,67 3 1170 8,2 51 070B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00362600 144 31,2 820 264 0,67 2 1230 8,2 59 070B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00542600 144 31,2 820 264 0,67 2 1230 8,2 59 070B-0120 HMS01.1N-W0070943 256 1,2 300 299 0,09 7 300 3 12 070B-0120 HCS02.1E-W00121850 195 12,7 820 264 0,67 5 859 8,2 38 070B-0120 HCS02.1E-W00282516 150 28,7 820 264 0,67 2 1044 8,2 57 070B-0120 HCS02.1E-W00542600 144 31,2 820 264 0,67 2 1230 8,2 59 070B-0120 HCS02.1E-W00702600 144 31,2 820 264 0,67 2 1230 8,2 59 070B-0120 HCS03.1E-W0070
Further information – see next page
10-4 Motor-Controller-Combinations Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
FMAX [N]
vFmax
[m/min]PVMAX
[kW]FdN [N]
vN [m/min]
PvN [kW]
EDFMAX
[%]FKB [N]
idN [A]
iMAX
[A]Primary MLP...
Standard- / Thermal encapsulation Controller
1406 269 10,9 820 312 1,18 11 850 8,8 28 070B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00202086 218 35,4 820 312 1,18 3 1103 8,8 51 070B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00362600 180 63,1 820 312 1,18 2 1230 8,8 68 070B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00542600 180 63,1 820 312 1,18 2 1230 8,8 68 070B-0150 HMS01.1N-W0070907 306 1,9 280 352 0,14 7 280 3 12 070B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00121686 248 19,3 820 312 1,18 6 835 8,8 38 070B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00282257 206 43,7 820 312 1,18 3 994 8,8 57 070B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00542600 180 63,1 820 312 1,18 2 1230 8,8 68 070B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00702600 180 63,1 820 312 1,18 2 1230 8,8 68 070B-0150 HCS03.1E-W00702555 305 51,2 820 480 1,95 4 1230 14,1 76 070B-0250 HMS01.1N-W00542600 300 53,4 820 480 1,95 4 1230 14,1 78 070B-0250 HMS01.1N-W00702600 300 53,4 820 480 1,95 4 1002 14,1 78 070B-0250 HCS02.1E-W00702600 300 53,4 820 480 1,95 4 1230 14,1 78 070B-0250 HCS03.1E-W00702109 410 39,8 820 540 2,2 6 1230 17 76 070B-0300 HMS01.1N-W00542600 360 66,9 820 540 2,2 3 1193 17 99 070B-0300 HMS01.1N-W00702170 404 42,8 820 540 2,2 5 883 17 79 070B-0300 HCS02.1E-W00702600 360 66,9 820 540 2,2 3 1230 17 99 070B-0300 HCS03.1E-W00703736 146 32,4 1200 216 0,98 3 1800 12,6 76 070C-0120 HMS01.1N-W00543800 144 33,8 1200 216 0,98 3 1800 12,6 78 070C-0120 HMS01.1N-W00703800 144 33,8 1200 216 0,98 3 1520 12,6 78 070C-0120 HCS02.1E-W00703800 144 33,8 1200 216 0,98 3 1800 12,6 78 070C-0120 HCS03.1E-W00703392 199 27,9 1200 300 1,06 4 1800 14,1 76 070C-0150 HMS01.1N-W00543800 180 37 1200 300 1,06 3 1800 14,1 88 070C-0150 HMS01.1N-W00703490 194 30 1200 300 1,06 4 1404 14,1 79 070C-0150 HCS02.1E-W00703800 180 37 1200 300 1,06 3 1800 14,1 88 070C-0150 HCS03.1E-W00703071 325 14,2 1200 420 0,92 6 1797 18,4 76 070C-0240 HMS01.1N-W00543800 288 23,9 1200 420 0,92 4 1710 18,4 99 070C-0240 HMS01.1N-W00703161 321 15,3 1200 420 0,92 6 1248 18,4 79 070C-0240 HCS02.1E-W00703800 288 23,9 1200 420 0,92 4 1800 18,4 99 070C-0240 HCS03.1E-W00703506 381 29,2 1200 540 1,18 4 1800 26,9 141 070C-0300 HCS03.1E-W01002252 150 9,7 1168 180 1,3 13 1168 9,8 28 100A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00203569 113 31,3 1180 180 1,32 4 1664 9,9 51 100A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00363750 108 35,3 1180 180 1,32 4 1770 9,9 54 100A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00543750 108 35,3 1180 180 1,32 4 1770 9,9 54 100A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00701285 177 1,7 358 203 0,12 7 358 3 12 100A-0090 HCS02.1E-W00122794 135 17,1 1108 182 1,17 7 1108 9,3 38 100A-0090 HCS02.1E-W00283750 108 35,3 1180 180 1,32 4 1548 9,9 54 100A-0090 HCS02.1E-W00543750 108 35,3 1180 180 1,32 4 1770 9,9 54 100A-0090 HCS02.1E-W00703750 108 35,3 1180 180 1,32 4 1770 9,9 54 100A-0090 HCS03.1E-W00702042 200 6,2 1023 233 0,84 13 1023 9,8 28 100A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00203187 162 20,2 1180 228 1,11 5 1530 11,3 51 100A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00363750 144 30 1180 228 1,11 4 1770 11,3 62 100A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00543750 144 30 1180 228 1,11 4 1770 11,3 62 100A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00701200 227 1,1 313 256 0,08 7 313 3 12 100A-0120 HCS02.1E-W00122513 185 11 971 235 0,75 7 971 9,3 38 100A-0120 HCS02.1E-W00283476 153 25 1180 228 1,11 4 1347 11,3 57 100A-0120 HCS02.1E-W00543750 144 30 1180 228 1,11 4 1770 11,3 62 100A-0120 HCS02.1E-W00703750 144 30 1180 228 1,11 4 1770 11,3 62 100A-0120 HCS03.1E-W00703686 182 39,3 1180 264 1,49 4 1770 14,1 76 100A-0150 HMS01.1N-W00543750 180 40,9 1180 264 1,49 4 1770 14,1 78 100A-0150 HMS01.1N-W00703750 180 40,9 1180 264 1,49 4 1443 14,1 78 100A-0150 HCS02.1E-W00703750 180 40,9 1180 264 1,49 4 1770 14,1 78 100A-0150 HCS03.1E-W00703042 261 50,7 1180 348 2,8 6 1770 17 76 100A-0190 HMS01.1N-W00543750 228 85 1180 348 2,8 3 1719 17 99 100A-0190 HMS01.1N-W00703129 257 54,4 1180 348 2,8 5 1271 17 79 100A-0190 HCS02.1E-W00703750 228 85 1180 348 2,8 3 1770 17 99 100A-0190 HCS03.1E-W00704549 167 25,3 1785 228 1,4 6 2678 17 76 100B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00545600 144 42,5 1785 228 1,4 3 2585 17 99 100B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00704679 164 27,2 1785 228 1,4 5 1920 17 79 100B-0120 HCS02.1E-W00705600 144 42,5 1785 228 1,4 3 2678 17 99 100B-0120 HCS03.1E-W00704537 334 39 1785 420 2,1 5 2678 31,1 141 100B-0250 HCS03.1E-W01004895 153 29 2310 204 1,88 6 3134 18,4 76 100C-0090 HMS01.1N-W00545902 133 48,7 2310 204 1,88 4 3014 18,4 99 100C-0090 HMS01.1N-W00705020 150 31,2 2310 204 1,88 6 2377 18,4 79 100C-0090 HCS02.1E-W00705902 133 48,7 2310 204 1,88 4 3465 18,4 99 100C-0090 HCS03.1E-W0070
Further information – see next page
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor-Controller-Combinations 10-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
FMAX [N]
vFmax
[m/min]PVMAX
[kW]FdN [N]
vN [m/min]
PvN [kW]
EDFMAX
[%]FKB [N]
idN [A]
iMAX
[A]Primary MLP...
Standard- / Thermal encapsulation Controller
5014 181 21,6 2310 228 1,86 9 3079 21,2 76 100C-0120 HMS01.1N-W00546121 162 36,3 2310 228 1,86 5 2947 21,2 99 100C-0120 HMS01.1N-W00705151 179 23,2 2168 231 1,64 7 2168 19,9 79 100C-0120 HCS02.1E-W00706121 162 36,3 2310 228 1,86 5 3465 21,2 99 100C-0120 HCS03.1E-W00705495 269 39 2310 348 2,3 6 3465 32,5 141 100C-0190 HCS03.1E-W01004230 167 22,8 1680 228 1,26 6 2520 17 76 140A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00545200 144 38,2 1680 228 1,26 3 2418 17 99 140A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00704350 164 24,5 1680 228 1,26 5 1804 17 79 140A-0120 HCS02.1E-W00705200 144 38,2 1680 228 1,26 3 2520 17 99 140A-0120 HCS03.1E-W00706182 132 22,8 2415 192 1,47 6 3617 18,4 76 140B-0090 HMS01.1N-W00547650 108 38,2 2415 192 1,47 4 3441 18,4 99 140B-0090 HMS01.1N-W00706364 129 24,5 2415 192 1,47 6 2512 18,4 79 140B-0090 HCS02.1E-W00707650 108 38,2 2415 192 1,47 4 3622 18,4 99 140B-0090 HCS03.1E-W00704590 193 14,8 2415 228 1,84 12 2902 25,5 76 140B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00545556 178 24,8 2415 228 1,84 7 2787 25,5 99 140B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00704710 191 15,9 1885 237 1,12 7 1885 19,9 79 140B-0120 HCS02.1E-W00705556 178 24,8 2415 228 1,84 7 3475 25,5 99 140B-0120 HCS03.1E-W00708079 80 45,5 3150 132 2,95 6 4722 18,4 76 140C-0050 HMS01.1N-W0054
10000 60 76,4 3150 132 2,95 4 4493 18,4 99 140C-0050 HMS01.1N-W00708317 78 48,9 3150 132 2,95 6 3277 18,4 79 140C-0050 HCS02.1E-W0070
10000 60 76,4 3150 132 2,95 4 4725 18,4 99 140C-0050 HCS03.1E-W00708344 164 50,7 3150 228 2,49 5 4725 29,7 141 140C-0120 HCS03.1E-W01007531 239 29,2 3150 300 2,74 9 4708 41 141 140C-0170 HCS03.1E-W01006038 135 17,1 2415 204 1,1 6 3571 18,4 76 200A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00547450 108 28,7 2415 204 1,1 4 3402 18,4 99 200A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00706213 132 18,3 2415 204 1,1 6 2509 18,4 79 200A-0090 HCS02.1E-W00707450 108 28,7 2415 204 1,1 4 3622 18,4 99 200A-0090 HCS03.1E-W00705086 184 13,1 2415 228 1,28 10 3125 22,6 76 200A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00546209 165 22 2415 228 1,28 6 2991 22,6 99 200A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00705225 181 14,1 2126 233 0,99 7 2126 19,9 79 200A-0120 HCS02.1E-W00706209 165 22 2415 228 1,28 6 3622 22,6 99 200A-0120 HCS03.1E-W00708815 68 33 3465 120 2,14 6 5172 18,4 76 200B-0040 HMS01.1N-W0054
10900 48 55,4 3465 120 2,14 4 4922 18,4 99 200B-0040 HMS01.1N-W00709074 66 35,5 3465 120 2,14 6 3603 18,4 79 200B-0040 HCS02.1E-W0070
10900 48 55,4 3465 120 2,14 4 5198 18,4 99 200B-0040 HCS03.1E-W00708829 168 33,1 3465 228 1,79 5 5198 31,1 141 200B-0120 HCS03.1E-W0100
10645 143 78 4250 204 7,31 9 6375 41 141 200C-0090 HCS03.1E-W010012544 158 118,4 4250 228 5,28 4 6375 42,4 212 200C-0120 HMS01.1N-W015010589 226 83,3 4250 264 8,76 11 5406 65,1 212 200C-0170 HMS01.1N-W015010589 226 83,3 4250 264 8,76 11 5548 65,1 212 200C-0170 HCS03.1E-W015013394 106 52,6 5560 168 4,6 9 8340 39,6 141 200D-0060 HCS03.1E-W010013287 155 70,2 5560 216 7,37 11 6969 65,1 212 200D-0100 HMS01.1N-W015013287 155 70,2 5560 216 7,37 11 7142 65,1 212 200D-0100 HCS03.1E-W015010135 118 50,7 3350 192 2,05 4 5025 26,9 141 300A-0090 HCS03.1E-W01008477 172 39 3350 228 2,3 6 5025 32,5 141 300A-0120 HCS03.1E-W0100
12316 114 52,6 5150 168 4,6 9 7725 39,6 141 300B-0070 HCS03.1E-W010012688 171 57 5150 228 3,46 6 7116 49,5 212 300B-0120 HMS01.1N-W015012688 171 57 5150 228 3,46 6 7269 49,5 212 300B-0120 HCS03.1E-W015016172 94 27,3 6720 132 2,56 9 10080 41 141 300C-0060 HCS03.1E-W010016255 134 43,9 6720 180 2,97 7 9083 52,3 212 300C-0090 HMS01.1N-W015016255 134 43,9 6720 180 2,97 7 9280 52,3 212 300C-0090 HCS03.1E-W0150
Fig. 10-2: Possible combinations of single motors on single controllers
10-6 Motor-Controller-Combinations Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
10.3 Motor/Controller Combinations; parallel primaries onsingle drive controllers
Controlled DC Bus Voltage, mains supply voltage - 3 x 480 VAC
FMAX [N]
vFmax
[m/min]PVMAX
[kW]FdN [N]
vN [m/min]
PvN [kW]
EDFMAX
[%]FKB [N]
idN [A]
iMAX
[A]Primary MLP...
Standard- / Thermal encapsulation Controller
911 511 3,4 415 619 0,45 13 415 9,8 28 040A-0300 HMS01.1N-W00201473 388 10,9 500 600 0,65 6 659 11,8 51 040A-0300 HMS01.1N-W00361600 360 13,1 500 600 0,65 5 750 11,8 56 040A-0300 HMS01.1N-W00541600 360 13,1 500 600 0,65 5 750 11,8 56 040A-0300 HMS01.1N-W00701142 460 5,9 394 624 0,4 7 394 9,3 38 040A-0300 HCS02.1E-W00281600 360 13,1 500 600 0,65 5 579 11,8 56 040A-0300 HCS02.1E-W00541600 360 13,1 500 600 0,65 5 750 11,8 56 040A-0300 HCS02.1E-W00701600 360 13,1 500 600 0,65 5 750 11,8 56 040A-0300 HCS03.1E-W00701322 293 4 615 375 0,53 13 615 9,8 28 040B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00202120 201 12,9 740 360 0,77 6 966 11,8 51 040B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00362300 180 15,6 740 360 0,77 5 1110 11,8 56 040B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00542300 180 15,6 740 360 0,77 5 1110 11,8 56 040B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00701651 255 7 583 378 0,48 7 583 9,3 38 040B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00282300 180 15,6 740 360 0,77 5 852 11,8 56 040B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00542300 180 15,6 740 360 0,77 5 1110 11,8 56 040B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00702300 180 15,6 740 360 0,77 5 1110 11,8 56 040B-0150 HCS03.1E-W00702300 300 20 740 480 0,87 4 1110 15 76 040B-0250 HMS01.1N-W00542300 300 20 740 480 0,87 4 1110 15 76 040B-0250 HMS01.1N-W00702300 300 20 740 480 0,87 4 916 15 76 040B-0250 HCS02.1E-W00702300 300 20 740 480 0,87 4 1110 15 76 040B-0250 HCS03.1E-W00701884 424 14,5 740 600 0,8 6 1110 17 76 040B-0300 HMS01.1N-W00542300 360 23,9 740 600 0,8 3 1084 17 98 040B-0300 HMS01.1N-W00701938 416 15,6 740 600 0,8 5 796 17 79 040B-0300 HCS02.1E-W00702300 360 23,9 740 600 0,8 3 1110 17 98 040B-0300 HCS03.1E-W00704000 180 15,8 1260 420 0,69 4 1890 15 76 070A-0150 HMS01.1N-W00544000 180 15,8 1260 420 0,69 4 1890 15 76 070A-0150 HMS01.1N-W00704000 180 15,8 1260 420 0,69 4 1569 15 76 070A-0150 HCS02.1E-W00704000 180 15,8 1260 420 0,69 4 1890 15 76 070A-0150 HCS03.1E-W00703262 309 9,4 1260 432 0,57 6 1890 17,8 76 070A-0220 HMS01.1N-W00544000 264 15,5 1260 432 0,57 4 1843 17,8 98 070A-0220 HMS01.1N-W00703358 304 10,1 1260 432 0,57 6 1332 17,8 79 070A-0220 HCS02.1E-W00704000 264 15,5 1260 432 0,57 4 1890 17,8 98 070A-0220 HCS03.1E-W00703684 381 27,3 1260 540 1,33 5 1890 29,6 141 070A-0300 HCS03.1E-W01005001 127 31,3 1640 240 1,46 5 2460 15,6 76 070B-0100 HMS01.1N-W00545200 120 34,3 1640 240 1,46 4 2460 15,6 80 070B-0100 HMS01.1N-W00705156 122 33,6 1640 240 1,46 4 1878 15,6 79 070B-0100 HCS02.1E-W00705200 120 34,3 1640 240 1,46 4 2460 15,6 80 070B-0100 HCS03.1E-W00703742 193 26,2 1640 264 1,35 5 2358 16,4 76 070B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00544534 167 44 1640 264 1,35 3 2264 16,4 99 070B-0120 HMS01.1N-W00703840 190 28,1 1640 264 1,35 5 1763 16,4 79 070B-0120 HCS02.1E-W00704534 167 44 1640 264 1,35 3 2460 16,4 99 070B-0120 HCS03.1E-W00703408 247 39,8 1640 312 2,36 6 2220 17,6 76 070A-0300 HMS01.1N-W00544088 241 66,9 1640 312 2,36 4 2139 17,6 99 070B-0150 HMS01.1N-W00703492 243 42,8 1640 312 2,36 6 1709 17,6 79 070B-0150 HCS02.1E-W00704088 221 66,9 1640 312 2,36 4 2460 17,6 99 070B-0150 HCS03.1E-W00704793 321 87,7 1640 480 3,89 4 2460 28,2 141 070B-0250 HCS03.1E-W01003971 422 68,2 1640 540 4,4 6 2460 34 141 070B-0300 HCS03.1E-W01006383 208 47,8 2400 300 2,12 4 3600 28,2 141 070C-0150 HCS03.1E-W01005774 335 24,4 2400 420 1,84 8 3600 36,8 141 070C-0240 HCS03.1E-W01005658 134 35,3 2360 180 2,64 7 3357 19,8 76 100A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00546976 115 59,2 2360 180 2,64 4 3199 19,8 99 100A-0090 HMS01.1N-W00705822 132 37,9 2360 180 2,64 7 2366 19,8 79 100A-0090 HCS02.1E-W00706976 115 59,2 2360 180 2,64 4 3540 19,8 99 100A-0090 HCS03.1E-W00705087 184 22,8 2360 228 2,22 10 3085 22,6 76 100A-0120 HMS01.1N-W00546233 165 38,2 2360 228 2,22 6 2984 22,6 99 100A-0120 HMS01.1N-W0070
Further information – see next page
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor-Controller-Combinations 10-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
FMAX [N]
vFmax
[m/min]PVMAX
[kW]FdN [N]
vN [m/min]
PvN [kW]
EDFMAX
[%]FKB [N]
idN [A]
iMAX
[A]Primary MLP...
Standard- / Thermal encapsulation Controller
5229 181 24,5 2078 233 1,72 7 2078 19,9 79 100A-0120 HCS02.1E-W00706233 165 38,2 2360 228 2,22 6 3540 22,6 99 100A-0120 HCS03.1E-W00706913 190 67,3 2360 264 2,98 4 3540 28,2 141 100A-0150 HCS03.1E-W01005726 270 86,7 2360 348 5,59 6 3540 34 141 100A-0190 HCS03.1E-W01008567 173 43,4 3570 228 2,8 6 5355 34 141 100B-0120 HCS03.1E-W0100
12933 156 83,3 4620 228 3,71 4 6930 42,4 212 100C-0120 HMS01.1N-W01507970 173 39 3360 228 2,51 6 5040 34 141 140A-0120 HCS03.1E-W0100
11624 138 39 4830 192 2,95 8 7245 36,8 68 140B-0090 HCS03.1E-W010011715 173 57 4830 228 3,68 6 6578 51 212 140B-0120 HMS01.1N-W015011715 173 57 4830 228 3,68 6 6719 51 212 140B-0120 HCS03.1E-W015015190 85 78 6300 132 5,89 8 9450 36,8 141 140C-0050 HCS03.1E-W010011364 142 29,2 4830 204 2,21 8 7245 36,8 141 200A-0090 HCS03.1E-W010013117 159 50,4 4830 228 2,56 5 7149 45,2 212 200A-0120 HMS01.1N-W015013117 159 50,4 4830 228 2,56 5 7245 45,2 212 200A-0120 HCS03.1E-W015016579 73 56,5 6930 120 4,27 8 10395 36,8 141 200B-0040 HCS03.1E-W0100
Fig. 10-3: Possible combinations of parallel motors on single controllers
10-8 Motor-Controller-Combinations Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
11 Motor Sizing
11.1 General Procedure
The sizing of linear drives is mainly determined by the application-relatedcharacteristics of velocity and feed force. The basic sequence of sizinglinear drives is shown in the figure below.
: )9
:?67
:
>%$$>2 <"2$> / "$ > >' %'/$2,-/%' -/'
?
< -
>+3//> $" .$"'<'''5 1>'">3 $.' '/3 $<$< 1>'" $/"$$$ >'"/#$
-
@<<.<:"::
@ ( <:+;
@( ..+;
@( . ( <.:+;
-%$$$- %2$-/ "$-"
-'" $/"$$ -3'$-'"/#$-$43$3$<34$<#" $ <
( #.#=##
-#- %' "-683/$%' "
)&)9*
:+;:+;>
:":::0>
.+;.+;>
.:+;.:+;>
.##0"# "#1
::?67
)9:?67
DIMALLGEMEIN-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 11-1: Basic procedure of sizing linear drives
2 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
11.2 Basic formulae
General equations of motionThe variables required for sizing and selecting the motor are calculatedusing the equations shown in Figure 11-2.
Note: When linear direct drives are configured, the process-relatedfeed forces and velocities are used directly and withoutconversion for selecting the drive.
∫
∫
⋅=
⋅=
++⋅=
=
=
T
0avg
T
0
2eff
P0
dt )t(vT1
v:velocity Average
dt)t(FT1
F :force Effective
)t(F)t(Fm)t(a)t(F:Force
dt)t(v
)t(a :onAccelerati
dt)t(s
)t(vVelocity
v(t): Velocity profile vs. time in m/ss(t): Path profile vs. time in ma(t): Acceleration profile vs. time in m/s²F(t): Force profile vs. time in Nm: Moved mass in kgF0(t): Base force in NFP(t): Process or machining force in NFeff: Effective force in Nvavg: Average velocity in m/st: Time in sT: Total time in s
Fig. 11-2: General equations of motion
In most cases the mathematical description of the required positions vs.the time is known (NC-program, electronic cam disk). Using thepreparatory function, velocity, acceleration and forces can be calculated.Standard software (such as MS Excel or MathCad) can be used forcalculating the required variables, even with complex motion profiles.
Note: The following Chapter provides a more detailed correlation fortrapezoidal, triangular or sinusoidal velocity characteristics.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Feed forces
all
2221
21
EFF
PWFACCMAX
0ATTF
cbW
ACC
t...tFtF
F :force Effective
FFFFF :force Maximum
F)Fsing(mF :force Frictional
)100f
1(singmF : weightto due Force
amF :force onAccelerati
+⋅+⋅=
+++=
++⋅⋅⋅=
−⋅⋅⋅=
⋅=
αµ
α
:
BJ*7
:
:
FACC: Acceleration force in NFW: Force due to weight in NFF: Frictional force in NF0: Additional frictional or base force in N (e.g. by seals of linear guides)FMAX: Maximum force in NFEFF: Effective force in NFP: Machining force in Na: Acceleration in m/s²m: Moved mass in kgg: Gravitational acceleration (9.81 m/s²)α: Axis angel in degrees (0°: horizontal axis; 90°C: vertical axis)fCB: Weight compensation in %tall: Total duty cycle time in sFATT: Attractive force between primary and secondary in Nµ: Friction coefficient
Fig. 11-3: Determining the feed forces
Note: For sizing calculations of linear motor drives, the movedmass of the motor component must be taken into account (inparticular, if the slide masses are relatively small). However,the moved mass and the attractive force between the primaryand secondary are only known after the motor has beenselected. Thus, first make assumptions for these variablesand verify these values after the motor has been selected.
4 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
W
WFACC
WF
WFACC
WFACC
WF
WFACC
F F:time Idle )7(
FFFF :(down) onDecelerati (6)
FFF:(down)velocity Const. (5)
FFF F:(down) tion Accelera(4)
FFFF:(up) onDecelerati (3)
F FF:(up)velocity Const. (2)
FFF F :(up) tion Accelera(1)
=−+−=
−=−+=
++−=+=
++=
1
$%
ABJ*7
FACC: Acceleration force in NFW: Force due to weight in NFF: Frictional force in N
Fig. 11-4: Determining the resulting feed forces according to motion type anddirection
Note: With horizontal axis arrangement, the weight is FW = 0.
Further directional base and process forces must be takeninto account.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Average velocityThe average velocity is required for determining the mechanicalcontinuous output of the drive. Figure 11-2 shows the general way ofdetermining the average velocity. The following calculation can be usedfor a simple determination in trapezoidal or triangular velocity profiles:
%
5--+@
%
% %%
%%%"
%%"
%%"
all
ii avgavg
eaavgi
t
tvv
2
vvv
∑ ⋅=
−=
vavgi: Average velocity for a velocity segment of the duration ti in m/sva: Initial velocity of the velocity segment in m/sve: Final velocity of the velocity segment in m/svavg: Average velocity over total duty cycle time in m/sti: Duration of velocity segment in stall: Total duty cycle time, including breaks and/or downtime, in s
Fig. 11-5: Determining the average velocity with triangular or trapezoidalvelocity profile
6 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Trapezoidal velocityThis mode of operation is characteristic for the most applications. Anacceleration phase is followed by a movement of constant velocity up tothe deceleration phase.
%
%
?%
3
VTRAPEZ01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 11-6: Trapezoidal velocity profile
Acceleration, initial velocity = 0
• Velocity v ≠ constant
• Initial velocity va = 0
• Acceleration a = constant and positive
as2
vs2
av
t:Time
2ta
a2v
t2v
s:Travel
ts2
sa2tav:velocity Final
s2v
ts2
tv
a:onAccelerati
c
ca
2a
2c
ac
a
ac
2c
2aa
c
⋅=⋅==
⋅=⋅
=⋅=
⋅=⋅⋅=⋅=
⋅=⋅==
a: Acceleration in m/s²vc: Final velocity in m/sta: Acceleration time in ss: Travel covered during acceleration in m
Fig. 11-7: Constantly accelerated movement, initial velocity = 0 (acc. to Fig.11-6)
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Acceleration, initial velocity ≠≠≠≠ 0
• Velocity v ≠ constant
• Initial velocity va ≠ 0
• Acceleration a = constant and positive
a
vvsa2
vvs2
avv
t:Time
2ta
tva2vv
t2
vvs:Travel
vt
s2vsa2tavv:Velocity
s2vv
tv2
ts2
tvv
a:onAccelerati
a2a
ac
aca
2a
aa
2a
2c
aac
a
a
2aaac
2a
2c
a
a2aa
ac
−+⋅⋅=
+⋅=−=
⋅+⋅=⋅−=⋅+=
−⋅=+⋅⋅=⋅+=
⋅−=⋅−⋅=−=
a: Acceleration in m/s²vc: Final velocity in m/sva: Initial velocity in m/sta: Acceleration time in ss: Travel covered during acceleration in m
Fig. 11-8: Constantly accelerated movement, initial velocity ≠ 0 (acc. to Fig.
11-6)
Constant velocity
• Velocity v = constant
• Acceleration a = 0
c
cc
ccc
c
cc
vs
t:Time
tvs:Travel
ts
v:onAccelerati
=
⋅=
=
vc: Average velocity in m/stC: Time during constant velocity in ssc: Travel covered constant velocity in m
Fig. 11-9: Constant velocity (acc. to Fig. 11-6)
8 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Decelerating, Final velocity = 0
• Velocity v ≠ constant
• Final velocity ve = 0
• Acceleration a = constant and negative
as2
vs2
av
t :Time
2ta
a2v
t2v
s :Travel
ts2
sa2tav :Velocity
s2v
ts2
tv
a :onAccelerati
c
cb
2b
2c
bc
b
bc
2c
2bb
c
⋅=⋅==
⋅=⋅
=⋅=
⋅=⋅⋅=⋅=
⋅=⋅==
a: Acceleration in m/s²vc: Final velocity in m/stb: Deceleration time in ss: Travel covered during acceleration in m
Fig. 11-10: Constantly decelerated movement, final velocity = 0 (acc. to Fig. 11-6)
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Decelerating, Final velocity ≠≠≠≠ 0
• Velocity v ≠ constant
• Final velocity ve ≠ 0
• Acceleration a = constant and negative
a
sa2vv
vvs2
avv
t:Time
2ta
tva2vv
t2
vvs:Travel
vt
s2sa2vtavv:Velocity
s2vv
ts2
tv2
tvv
a:onAccelerati
2cc
ec
eca
2b
bc
2e
2c
bec
c
b
2cbce
2e
2c
2bb
c
b
ec
⋅⋅−−=
+⋅=
−=
⋅+⋅=⋅−=⋅+=
−⋅=⋅⋅−=⋅−=
⋅−=⋅−⋅=−=
a: Acceleration in m/s²vc: Initial velocity in m/sve: Final velocity in m/stb: Deceleration time in ss: Travel covered during acceleration in m
Fig. 16-11: Constantly decelerated movement, final velocity ≠ 0 (acc. to Fig. 11-
6)
10 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Triangular velocityIn contrast to the trapezoidal characteristic, this velocity profile does nothave a phase of constant velocity. The acceleration phase isimmediately followed by the deceleration phase. This characteristic canfrequently be found in conjunction with movements of short strokes.
%
VDREIECK01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 11-12: Triangular velocity profile
as4
vs4
av2
t :Time
4ta
a4v
2tv
s :Travel
ts2
sa2
tav:Velocity
sv
ts4
tv2
a :onAccelerati
all
max
allmax
22maxmax
all
allallmax
2max
2allmax
⋅=⋅=⋅=
⋅=⋅
=⋅=
⋅=⋅=⋅=
=⋅=⋅=
vmax: Maximum velocity in m/sa: Acceleration in m/s²sall: Total motion travel in mt: Positioning time in s
Fig. 11-13: Calculation of triangular velocity profile (acc. to Fig. 11-12)
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 11
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Sinusoidal velocityThis velocity profile results, for example, from the circular interpolation oftwo axes (circular movement) or the oscillating movement of one axis(grinding, for example).
The specified variables are chiefly the motion travel or the circlediameter and the period T.
( ) ( )
( ) ( )f2
T2
tcosrtr:profile Jerk
tsinrta:profile onAccelerati
)tcos(r)t(v:profile Velocity
)tsin(r)t(s :profile Travel
3
2
⋅⋅=⋅=
⋅⋅=
⋅⋅=
⋅⋅⋅=
⋅⋅=
ππω
ωω
ωω
ωω
ω
0
s(t): Travel profile vs. time in mv(t): Velocity profile vs. time in m/sa(t): Acceleration profile vs. time in m/sr(t): Jerk profile over time t m/s³r: Motion travel in one direction (circle radius) in mω: Angular frequency in s-1
T: Period in s (time for circular motion or complete stroke)t: Time in sf: Stroke frequency in Hz
Fig. 11-14: Motion profiles of an axis at sinusoidal velocity.
12 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The following calculation bases on Fig. 11-14.
w0down 0
w0up 0
2down 0
2up 0
2acc
EFFv
20
2
accEFF
maxACC
maxavg
max
2
max
FFF :movement down force Base
FF F:movement up force Base
2
FFFF
:tarrangemen axis Vertical
F2
FF :force ffectiveE
maF :force ncceleratioA
Tr4v2
v:velocity Average
T2
rv:velocity Maximum
T2
ra:ionaccerlat aximumM
−=
+=
++=
+=
⋅=
⋅=⋅=
⋅⋅=
⋅⋅=
π
π
π
amax: Maximum acceleration in m/s²vmax: Maximum velocity in m/sr: Motion travel in one direction (or circle radius) in mT: Period in sm: Moved mass in kgFACC: Acceleration force in NFEFF: Effective force in NFEFFv: Effektive force at vertical or inclined axis arrangement in NF0: Base force, e.g. frictional force in NFW: Force due to weight in N (acc. to Fig. 11-3)
Fig. 11-15: Calculation formulae for sinusoidal velocity profile
Note: Further directional base and process forces must additionallybe taken into account.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 13
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
11.3 Duty cycle and Feed Force
The relative duty cycle ED specifies the duty cycle percentage of theload with respect to a total duty cycle time, including idle time. Thethermal load capacity of the motor limits the duty cycle. Stressing themotor with rated force is possible over the entire duty cycle time. Theduty cycle must be reduced at F > FdN (see Fig. 11-16) in order to notthermally overload the motor at higher feed forces.
+6
22
A :
+6:
$:$
:$
:3
+6
EDKENNLIN01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 11-16: Correlation between duty cycle and feed force
Determining the duty cycleThe approximate determination of the relative duty cycle EDideal isperformed via the correlation:
100FF
ED2MAX
2EFF
ideal ⋅
=
ED: Cyclic duration factor in %FEFF: Effective force or rated force in NFMAX: Maximum feed force
Fig. 11-17: Approximate determination of duty cycle ED
Prerequisites: Linear correlation between feed force and current.
For IndraDyn L motors to Fig. 11-17, only an approximate duty cyclecalculation is possible since there is a non-linear correlation betweenforce and current.
This calculation remains valid for a rough determination of possible dutycycle at short-time duty forces with FKB ≤ 1.5 FdN.
Note: You must check with Figure 11-18 or Figure 11-19 to exactlydetermine the relative duty cycle of IndraDyn L linear motors.
14 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The non-linearity of the characteristic curve force vs. current ofsynchronous linear motor leads to an increased rise of power loss athigher feed forces. This increased power loss leads – in particular at ahigh percentage of acceleration and deceleration processes – to apossible duty cycle that is reduced with respect to Fig. 11-17.
Use Fig. 11-18 or Fig. 11-19 to determine exactly the possible relativeduty cycle.
100PP
EDa AVG
vNreal ⋅=
EDreal: Possible relative duty cycle in %PvN Maximum removable power loss of the motor in W
(continuous power loss see Chapter 5 “Technical Data”)PAVG a: Average motor power loss in application over a duty cycle time
including idle time in WFig. 11-18: Determining the duty cycle ED
Prerequisites: Duty cycle time ≤ Thermal time constant of motor
Fig. 11-19: Duty cycle vs. force for IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0
F / FdN
ED
ideal
NORMIERTE KENNLINIEN MLF.XLS
real
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 15
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
11.4 Determining the Drive Power
To size the power supply module or the mains rating, you mustdetermine the rated (continuous) and maximum power of the lineardrive.
Note: Take the corresponding simultaneity factor into account whendetermine the total power of several drives that areconnected to a single power supply module.
Continuous OutputThe rated output corresponds to the sum of the mechanical andelectrical motor power.
dneffvn
2
dn
effce
avgeffcm
cecmc
F F mit PFF
P :output electrical Rated
v FP :output rated Mechanical
PPP :output rated Total
≤⋅
=
⋅=
+=
Pc: Rated power in WPcm: Mechanical rated output in WPce: Electrical rated power loss of motor in WFeff: Effective force in N (from application)vavg: Average velocity in m/sFdN: Rated force of the motor in N (see Chapter 4 “Technical data”)PvN Rated power loss of the motor in W (see Chapter 4 “Technical data”)
Fig. 11-20: Rated power of the linear motor
Note: The rated electrical output (see Fig. 11-20) is reduced whenthe rated force is reduced.
16 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Maximum OutputThe maximum output is also the sum of the mechanical and electricalmaximum output. It must be made available to the drive duringacceleration and deceleration phase or for very high machining forces,for example.
Fmaxmaxmaxm
maxemaxmmax
vFP :output maximum Mechanical
PPP :output maximum Total
⋅=
+=
Pmax: Total maximum power in WPmaxm: Mechanical maximum power in WPmaxe: Electrical maximum power in W (see Fig. 11-22)FMAX: Maximum feed force in NvFmax: Maximum velocity with Fmax in N
Fig. 11-21: Maximum power of the linear motor
Note: When the maximum feed force is reduced against theachievable maximum force of the motor, the electricalmaximum output Pmaxe is reduced too. To determine thereduced electrical maximum output Pmaxe use Fig. 11-22.
FMAX: Maximum force of the motor in NF: Maximum force application in NPvmax: Maximum power loss of the motor in WPV: Power loss of the motor application in W
Fig. 11-22: Diagram used for determining the reduced electrical power loss
Note: The maximum power loss is specified in Chapter 10 “Motor-Controller-Combinations”.
0,0
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
F / Fmax
Pv
/ Pvm
ax
NORMIERTE KENNLINIEN MLF.XLS
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 17
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Cooling capacityThe necessary cooling capacity nearly corresponds to the motor´selectrical continuous power loss.
dneffvn
2
dn
effceco F F th wiP
FF
PP :capacity Cooling ≤⋅
==
Pco: Required cooling capacity in WPce: Electrical power loss of motor in WFeff: Effective force in NFdN: Rated force of the motor in N (see Chapter 4 “Technical data”)PvN Rated power loss of the motor in W (see Chapter 4 “Technical data”)
Fig. 11-23: Required cooling capacity of the linear motor
Regeneration energyCompared with rotary servo motors, the energy of a linear motor duringdeceleration is lower. The translatory velocity of a linear motor is usuallymuch lower than the circumferential speed of a rotary servo motor.
The regeneration energy of a synchronous linear drive results from theenergy balance during the deceleration process. To size additional brakeresistors or power supply units with feedback capability, it can beestimated as follows.
∫ ∑ ⋅=⋅=
⋅⋅⋅−
⋅−
⋅⋅
=
T
0 all
bii RRRavg
2
iFN
max12
2R
b
2
R
ttP
dt )t(PT1
P
ka
Rm5,12Fv
t2vm
P
PR: Regeneration energy during a deceleration phase in WPRavg: Average regeneration energy over total duty cycle time in Wm: Moved mass in kgv: Maximum velocity in m/stb: Deceleration time in sFR: Frictional force in NR12: Winding resistance of the motor at 20°C in ohms
(see Chapter 4 “Technical Data”)amax: Braking deceleration (negative acceleration) in m/s²kiFN: Motor constant in N/Atall: Total duty cycle time in s
Fig. 11-24: Regeneration energy of the linear motor
Prerequisites: Velocity-independent friction
Constant deceleration
Final velocity = 0
Note: If the regeneration energy that is determined according toFig. 11-24 is negative, energy is not fed back. This meansthat energy must be supplied to the motor during thedeceleration process.
18 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
11.5 Efficiency
The efficiency of electrical machines is the ration between the motoroutput and the power fed to the motor. With linear motors, it isdetermined by the application-related traverse rates and forces, and thecorresponding motor losses.
Fig. 11-25 and Fig. 11-26 can be used for determining and/or estimatingthe motor efficiency.
vFP
1
1P)vF(
vFPP
P
velel Vel Vmech
mech
⋅+
=+⋅⋅=
+=η
η: EfficiencyPmech: Mechanical output in WPVel: Electrical power loss in WF: Feed force in Nv: Velocity in m/s
Fig. 11-25: Determining the efficiency of linear motors
Fig. 11-26: Efficiency vs. velocity for IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors.
0,0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
0 m/min 100 m/min 200 m/min 300 m/min 400 m/min 500 m/min 600 m/min
Velocity
effeciency vs.maximum force Fmax
effeciency vs. continuousnorminal force FdN
WIRKUNGSGRAD MLF.XLS
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 19
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
11.6 Sizing Examples
Handling axisThe example of a simple handling axis is used for describing the basicprocedure of sizing a linear drive.
SpecificationsThe following data is specified:
Slide mass: mS = 65 kg
Maximum velocity possible: 300 m/min
Maximum acceleration possible: 50 m/s²
Axis arrangement: horizontally, primary moved
Base force through energy chain,seals, linear guides, etc.: Fzus = 150 N (constant)
Additional process forces: none
Friction coefficient of linear guides: µ = 0.005
Mains connection voltage: 3 x AC 400V
Coolant temperature (water): ϑcoolant = 25°C
Required positioning movements:
No.: Stroke Positioningtime
Idle time after stroke Remark
1 600 mm 0.32 s 0.20 s Moving from startposition to part
pickup
2 -1,300 mm 0.50 s 0.20 s Parts transport anddeposit
3 700 mm 0.35 s 0.45 s Moving back tostart position
Fig. 11-27: Required positioning movements of the handling axis
The mass of the primary must be taken into account when the feedforces are determined. The attractive force between the primary andsecondary is required additionally when the frictional force is determined.The following assumptions are made to start with:
Primary mass: mP = 19 kg
Attractive force: FATT = 8000 N
Check the calculations again when you have selected the motor.
20 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Calculation
The following velocity and acceleration values are selected in order tomaintain the required position times and specified limitations.
No.: Stroke Positioningtime
Feed rate Acceleration
1 600 mm 0.32 s 180 m/min 25 m/s²
2 -1,300 mm 0.50 s 220 m/min 25 m/s²
3 700 mm 0.35 s 185 m/min 25 m/s²
Fig. 11-28: Selected velocities and accelerations of the handling axes
Note: When you select the position velocity and positioningacceleration, you should try to find an optimum ration for themotor selection (to reach a minimum effective force, forexample).
kg 84m
kg 19kg 65m
mmm
ges
ges
PSges
=
+=
+=
N 194F
N 150N) 8000m/s² 9.81kg (840.005F
F)Fg(mF
FFF
0
0
zusATTges0
zusF0
=++⋅⋅=
++⋅⋅=+=
µ
N 0FW = (horizontal axis)
N 2100F
m/s² 52kg) (84F
amF
acc
acc
pgesacc
=⋅=
⋅=
N 2294F
N194N 2100F
FFF
max
max
0accmax
=+=
+=
s 2.02t
s 0.45s 0.35s 0.2s 0.5s 0.2s 0.32t
ges
ges
=
+++++=
Moved total mass
Base force
Force due to weight
Acceleration force:
Maximum force:
Total time or duty cycle time
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 21
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The selected velocities and the determined forces provide the followingvelocity and force profile:
%'
%
2
)
)
*! *! *!
*! *!
-*& -*& -*&
*!
$
)$
$
$
!($
&$
!($
$
$
!$
$
!$
DIMBSPHDL01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 11-29: Velocity and force profile of handling axis
The effective force and the average velocity are determined on the basisof the force profile:
No.: Time tin s
Force Fi
in NAverage velocity vavg i
in m/min
1 0.120 2294 Fi = Facc+F0 90
2 0.080 194 Fi = F0 180
3 0.120 -1906 Fi = -Facc+F0 90
4 0.200 0 0
5 0.147 2294 Fi = Facc+F0 110
6 0.206 194 Fi = F0 220
7 0.147 -1906 Fi = -Facc+F0 110
8 0.2 0 0
9 0.123 2294 Fi = Facc+F0 92.5
10 0.104 194 Fi = F0 185
11 0.123 -1906 Fi = -Facc+F0 92.5
12 0.45 0 N 0
Fig. 11-30: Force profile vs. time to determine the effective force
N 1313F
t
)tF(F
eff
ges
i2i
eff
=
⋅= ∑
min/m 1.77v
t
tvv
avg
ges
ii avgavg
=
⋅= ∑
Velocity and force profile
Effective force and averagevelocity
22 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Selection of motor – controller combinationOnce the application data has been calculated, an appropriate motor-controller combination can be selected.
The standard encapsulation and the IndraDrive controller family areselected. Using the calculated data, the following combination is chosenfrom the selection data for motor-controller combinations (see Chapter10 “Motor-Controller Combinations”):
Motor: MLP140C-0170-FS-xxxx
Drive device: HMS01.1N-W150
The mass of the selected primary MLP140C-0170-FS is slightly smallerthan the previous mass. The same applies to the attractive force. Theselected motor is retained within the scope of this example.
Using the profiles of velocity and force (Fig. 11-29), the operating pointsof the required feed forces and the necessary velocities can bedetermined. These operating points and the characteristics are shown inthe Figure below.
(
(
!
&
! !
1
3
-% /% #4" $'
DIMBSPHDL02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 11-31: Force-velocity diagram of handling axis(operating points and motor characteristic)
Note: All operating points that are related to force and velocity ofthe application must be inside the characteristic curve of theselected motor – controller combination.
Verification of mass andattractive force
Operation points andcharacteristic curve of the motor
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 23
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Selecting the secondary segmentsBased on the motion profile, the effective total motion path and,consequently, the required number and/or length of the secondarysegments can be determined. The effective total travel is 1300 mm; thelength of the selected primary is 510 mm.
mm 1810L
mm 510mm 1300L
LLL
econdarys
condaryse
rimaryptravel totalondarysec
=
+=
+≥
Secondary segments for IndraDyn L synchronous linear motors areavailable in a length of 150 mm, 450 mm and 600 mm. Threesecondaries of 600 mm each (total length of 1800 mm) are selected forthe handling axes.
Required length of thesecondary parts
Selecting the secondary partsegments
24 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Power calculation
W 1687P60
min/m 1.77N 1313P
v FP
cm
cm
avgeffcm
=
⋅=
⋅=
W 703P
W 0013N 1785N 1313
P
PF
FP
ce
2
ce
vN
2
n_motor
effce
=
⋅
=
⋅
=
W 2390P
W 703W 1687P
PPP
c
c
cecmc
=+=
+=
W8412P60
min/m 220N 2294P
vFP
maxm
maxm
Fmaxmaxmaxm
=
⋅=
⋅=
Figure 11-22 is used for determining the maximum electrical power loss.The ratio of required maximum force and maximum force of the motor is2294 N / 5600 N = 0.41.
Thus, Figure 11-22 shows a reduction factor of 0.095 for the maximumpower loss. Together with the specification of the maximum motor powerloss from the selection charts for the motor-controller combination, themaximum electrical power loss results as
kW 78.5P
kW 84.60095.0P
P095.0P
maxe
maxe
motor maxmaxe
=⋅=⋅=
Wk 14.19 P
kW 78.5Wk 41.8P
PPP
max
max
maxemaxmmax
=+=
+=
W 704PP ceco ==
Rated mechanical power
Rated electrical power loss
Total rated power
Maximum output mechanical
Maximum output electrical
Total maximum output
Cooling capacity
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 25
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Figure 11-24 and the motor data in Chapter 4 “Technical data” are usedfor determining the regeneration energy for all deceleration phases.
2
iFN
max12
2R
bi
2
Ri ka
Rm5,12Fv
t2vm
P
⋅⋅⋅−
⋅−
⋅⋅
=
No.: Deceleration time tbi Feed rate Acceleration Regeneration energyPRi
1 0.120 s 180 m/min -25 m/s² 1678 W
2 0.147 s 220 m/min -25 m/s² 2305 W
3 0.123 s 185 m/min -25 m/s² 1767 W
Fig. 11-32: Regeneration energy during the deceleration phases
The average regeneration energy over the entire duty cycle timeamounts to:
W 375P
t
tPP
Ravg
all
bii RRavg
=
⋅= ∑
Additional DC bus capacities (capacitors) shall ensure that the axis issafely stopped in the event of a power failure. Figure 9-77 is used fordetermining the required additional capacities in the DC bus. The motordecelerates at maximum feed force; the minimum DC bus voltage shouldbe 50V. The maximum velocity is 220 m/min is considered as worstcase.
( ) ( )
mF 4.2F 00242.0C
3.0N 5600
N 194sm
17.4 2.1
AN
82
N 56005,3
V 50V 540sm
17.4kg 84C
3.0F
FvR
k
F5,3
UU
vmC
add
222add
motormax_
Rmax122
iF
motormax_
2minDC
2maxDC
maxgesadd
==
+⋅−⋅
⋅⋅−
⋅=
+⋅−⋅⋅⋅
−
⋅=
Ω
Note: The maximum possible DC bus capacity of the employedpower supply module must be taken into account whenadditional capacities are used in the DC bus.
Regeneration energy
Additional capacities forstopping the axis upon a power
failure
26 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Selection of linear scaleThe linear scale can be selected when the effective total travel is known.
An open incremental linear scale of the LIDA187C type is selected forthe handling axis. The selected system has distance-encoded referencemarks.
Motor efficiencyThe motor efficiency, related on the continuous output, results as follows:
706.0
W703 W1687W 1687
PPP
c
eccm
cmc
=
+=
+=
η
η
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 27
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Final overtemperature of the motor
K 130
K 25K 155
wg
wg
coolantmaxwwg
=
−=
−=
ϑϑ
ϑϑϑ
K 70
K130N 1785N 1313
F
F
w
2
w
wg
2
n_motor
effw
=
⋅
=
⋅
=
ϑ
ϑ
ϑϑ
C 95
K 25K 70
wabs
wabs
coolantwwabs
°=+=
+=
ϑϑ
ϑϑϑ
The thermal time constant of the selected motor is Tth = 7 min. 98% ofthe final temperature is reached after approximately 4 thermal timeconstants (i.e. after 28 minutes).
Note: Additional explanations of the thermal behavior of linearmotors can be found in Chapter 9.4 “Motor Cooling”.
Limit overtemperature of themotor winding
Final overtemperature of themotor winding
Absolute final temperature of themotor winding
Reaching the final temperature
28 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Machine tool feed axis; sizing via duty cycleDetailed information of the motion cycle are sometimes not available orare not exact. In the case of, e.g. small batch production and frequentlychanging port programs. Sizing of the drives is performed on the basisof the relative duty cycle of different operating phases, and based onempirical values from machine manufacturers and/or machine users.
The following example explains this procedure.
SpecificationsThe following data is specified:
Slide mass including motor: mS = 580 kg
Velocity rapid travers: 120 m/min
Velocity machining 15 m/min
Maximum acceleration possible: 15 m/s²
Axis arrangement: horizontally, primary moved
Motion path 0.95 ... 800 mm
Base force: F0 = 600 N (constant)
Maximum machining force: FP = 1200 N
Friction coefficient of linear guides: µ = 0.005
Mains connection voltage: 3 x AC 400V
Type of machining/movement ShareAcceleration and declaration 10 %
Rapid traverse 20 %
Machining process 30 %
Standstill with machining 20 %
Standstill without machining 20 %
Total: 100 %
Fig. 11-33: Percentage of individual machining processes and movements
Fig. 11-34: Graphical presentation of the individual operating phases
machining30%
Standstill withmachining
20%
Standstill withoutmachining
20%
Acceleration/deceleration
10%
Rapid traverse20%
Rexroth IndraDyn L Motor Sizing 29
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Calculation
N 8700F
m/s² 51kg 580F
amF
acc
acc
gesacc
=⋅=
⋅=
N 9300F
N 600N 8700F
FFF
max
max
0accmax
=+=
+=
The effective force and the average velocity are determined on the basisof the specifications for the individual operating phases.
Type of machining/movement EDi Force Fi Averagevelocity vavgi
Acceleration and declaration 10 % 8700 N Fi = Facc ± F0 60 m/min
Rapid traverse 20 % 600 N Fi = F0 120 m/min
Machining process 30 % 1800 N Fi = FP + F0 15 m/min
Standstill with machining 20 % 1200 N Fi = FP 0 m/min
Standstill without machining 20 % 0 N 0 m/min
Fig. 11-35: Percentage of individual machining processes and movements
N 2983F
)100ED
F(F
eff
i2ieff
=
⋅= ∑
min/m 5.34v
)100ED
v(v
avg
iavgiavg
=
⋅= ∑
Drive selectionThe determined data can be used for selecting a motor-controllercombination. The primary with thermal encapsulation is selected formachine tool applications.
Primary MLP140C-0170-FS-N0CN-NNNNFmax_motor: 10000 N Fn_motor: 3150 NvFmax 750V:170 m/min vNENN 750V: 250 m/min
Secondary segments MLS140A-3A-xxxx-NNNNTotal travel + Primary ~1,500 mm
Drive device HMS01.1N-W0150
Power supply module HMV ( UDC=750V, with feedback capability)
Linear scale Heidenhain LC481encapsulated, absolute, ENDAT interface
Acceleration force:
Maximum force:
Effective force and averagevelocity
30 Motor Sizing Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Determining the cooling capacity
W 3050P
W 3400N 3150N 2983
P
PF
FPP
co
2
co
vN_motor
2
n_motor
effceco
=
⋅
=
⋅
==
The maximum temperature rise at the contact surface of the primaryshould not exceed 3 K. The necessary coolant flow in L/min isdetermined according to Fig. 9-43:
minl
2.6Q
K 3mkg
3,988Kkg
J4183
25200W 3050Q
Tc25200P
Q
3
m
co
=
⋅⋅⋅
⋅=
⋅⋅⋅=
∆ρ
Note: The way of determining the drive power and other moredetailed data are not discussed within the scope of thisexample.
Rated electrical power loss
Required coolant flow
Rexroth IndraDyn L Handling, transportion and storage of the units 12-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
12 Handling, transportion and storage of the units
12.1 Identification of the motor components
PrimaryA name plate is attached to the front face of the primary where thepower cable and coolant connections are located. The name plateunambiguously identifies the individual primary. An additional name plateis attached to the primary. This additional name plate can be attached tothe machine or can be used otherwise as the customer sees fit. Thename plate contains the following data:
67686%99%96
%81(''%'**'****!*1('
:1,
2*3 *72*3
*616(+
7 7
";#&".
$ ( &&
& <
( &
Name_Plate_Primary.EPS
(1): Rated force (N) (2): Rated voltage (A)(3): Insulation class (4): Protection class(5): Pole pitch (mm)
Fig. 12-1: Name plate of the primary
SecondaryDue to lack of space on the secondary, no name plates are permanentlyattached. Two identical name plates are, however, delivered with thesecondary. To ensure a safe and permanent identification of thesecondary in the future, the type designation and the serial numbers arestamped directly into the secondary.
The type designation and serial numbers are located between the firsttwo mounting holes starting from the side stamped “S” to signify thesouth pole.
A << *&*<$$$ 3%<
::K:: ::
:::
!
%
MLS_KENNZ_EN.EPS
(1): Type designation and serial number(2): Manufacturing date (mm/yy)(3): Supplier(4): Number of test protocol(5): Pole designation “S” (for south pole)
Fig. 12-2: Positions of the identification marks on the secondary
12-2 Handling, transportion and storage of the units Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Note: Independent of the length, each secondary has a magneticnorth pole on one end and a magnetic south pole on theother. To indicate which end is which, the south pole ismarked with an “S”.
The type plate of the secondary contains the following data:
!/9*:686%99%96
%81!(!'''****!*1!('
*616(
7
";#&".
& <
( &
:1,
Name_Plate_Secondary.EPS
(1): Protection class (IP rating)(2): Mass of the secondary (kg)
Fig. 12-3: Name plate of the secondary
12.2 Delivery status and Packaging
PrimaryThe primaries are individually packed in wooden boxes which aremarked with the type designation of the primary contained inside; thisallows for easy identification of the contents.
SecondaryThe secondaries are individually packed in cardboard boxes which arealso marked with the type designation of the secondary inside.
CAUTION
Risk of injuries and/or damage when handlingsecondaries of synchronous linear motors!⇒ Strictly observe and adhere to the warnings and
safety instructions
Name plate
Rexroth IndraDyn L Handling, transportion and storage of the units 12-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The boxes containing the secondaries carry the following warnings:
.C8L* ALB8.77E3 M
9 )##-)" #" -"0#?#21)-"
C#9?#??)"-)-")#*?.23"-
JN""- -M
,B*8*@7E ) ?# ") 4 M
""- "M
) ?# "
8-3#) "
,B*C*@
7E#8 7N"OP-O"
$*)"?-P#EO#E33EE
@"--P7E#8 7N"O2C"2"M
?"-"M
.C8L* ALB8.77E-""3-- "M
""- "M
7) 3"3M7)4
*E-A"2
D"-3"7?E"?O-"M
?"-"M
*
WARNMAGN_MLF_EN.EPS
Fig. 12-4: Warning label on the MLS secondary boxes
Note: Self-adhesive warning labels, as shown in Fig. 12-4, can beordered from Bosch Rexroth (Mat-Nr. R911278745). Theapproximate size is 110 mm x 150 mm.
12.3 Transportation and Storage
The primaries and secondaries of synchronous linear motors must bestored on flat surfaces and supported along the entire bottom – see Fig.12-5. This must be ensured even for storage of a short duration.
The permissible storage and transport temperature is from –10 to +60°C(14 - 140°F). Large or periodic temperature variations during transportand storage are not permitted.
8<B(
*<B(
LAGKOMP_MLF_EN.EPS
Fig. 12-5: Storage of linear motor components
Warnings on the packaging ofthe secondaries
12-4 Handling, transportion and storage of the units Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
CAUTION
Inappropriate handling during storage ortransport can damage or destroy the motorcomponents!⇒ Use the original packaging for permanent storage.⇒ Store for short periods according to Fig. 12-5⇒ Do not throw parts⇒ Adhere to permissible transportation and storage
temperatures ranges.⇒ Remove the transportation and installation
protection only during or after the installation intothe machine.
Specifics for transporting secondaries of synchronous linear motorsThe secondaries of synchronous linear motors have unshieldedpermanent magnets. Strictly adhere to the safety notes in chapter 3!
CAUTION
Magnetic fields can influence a plane’selectronics!⇒ Heed the packaging and transportation instructions
(IATA 902)
Air freight
Rexroth IndraDyn L Handling, transportion and storage of the units 12-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
12.4 Checking the motor components
Factory checks
All Bosch Rexroth linear motors undergo the following electrical checksat the factory:
• High-voltage test acc. to EN 60034-1/2.95 (VDE 0530 Part 1)
• Insulation resistance test acc. to EN 60204-1
• Verification of the specified electrical characteristics
All Bosch Rexroth linear motors undergo the following mechanical tests:
• Shape and location tolerances acc. to ISO 1101
• Structure and fits acc. to DIN 7157
• Surface characteristics acc. to DIN ISO1302
• Thread test acc. to DIN 13, Part 20
• Leak tests of the cooling system
Note: Each motor is accompanied by a corresponding testcertificate.
The linear motor components of Bosch Rexroth have been subjected toEMV tests and have been certified as compliant to:
EN 55011 Limit Class B, VDE 0875 Part 11
Customer’s receiving inspection
If you wish to perform an additional high-voltage receiving inspection,you must contact Bosch Rexroth.
CAUTION
Destruction of motor components byimproperly-executed high-voltage inspection!⇒ Contact Bosch Rexroth before carrying out such
tests!
Electrical inspections
Mechanical inspections
EMV radia interferencesuppression
12-6 Handling, transportion and storage of the units Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Rexroth IndraDyn L Mounting Instructions 13-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
13 Mounting Instructions
13.1 Basic precondition
Basic precondition for mounting the IndraDyn L components is thekeeping of the following basic preconditions:
• Precondition of the necessary installation sizes (Fig. 5-1)
• Machine construction fulfills the requests for mounting (stiffness,attractive force, feed force and acceleration force, etc.)
• Machine construction is prepared for mounting of all components
• Mounting is done by trained personal
• Compliance of danger and safety notes is guaranteed.
13.2 General procedure at mounting of the motor components
The installation of the motor into the machine construction depends onthe arrangement of the secondary and can be done in different ways.
• Installation at spanned secondaries over the entire traverse path
• Installation at whole secondary over the entire traverse path
Note: The described procedures are only suggestions and can bedone user-specific in other forms.
Installation at spanned secondary parts over the entire traverse pathInstallation for a spanned secondary can be done, as shown in Fig. 13-1.Thereby, only a part of the secondary is installed, so that the primary canbe laid on the machine bed.
WARNING
Do not lay the primary directly on the secondary!⇒ Lift-off of the primary from the secondary is difficult
because of high attractive forces (apparatusnecessary).
The assembly of the primary into the installed slide can be done now.Afterwards, the slide with installed primary can be pushed over theinstalled secondaries. Then, all the remaining secondaries can beinstalled.
13-2 Mounting Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
3
$$"
$'
'
3
$$"
$'
'
$$"
0
0
MOTEINBAU01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 13-1: Assembly of the components of linear motors at spanned secondarypart
CAUTION
Uncontrolled movement of the slide!⇒ Safety against uncontrolled movements by partial
covering of primary and secondary (force intraverse direction).
Rexroth IndraDyn L Mounting Instructions 13-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Installation at whole secondary over the entire traverse pathAt whole secondary over the entire traverse path can the primary beinstalled into the prepared slide. After mounting the secondary, the slidewith prepared primary can be lowered on the machine bed via a suitedapparatus
3
$
$'
'
"/" '#"/$"%
MOTEINBAU02MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 13-2: Installation of the linear motor components at whole secondary overthe entire traverse path
CAUTION
When lowering the primary on the secondary,result by reducing the air gap increasingattractive forces!⇒ Heed the specifications in chapter 9.5 feeding and
attractive forces⇒ Do not lower the primary on the secondary with a
crane (elasticity / attractive force).
Note: The apparatus for lowering the primary and the slide is not inthe scope of delivery of Bosch Rexroth.
Another possibility is, to lay the primary on the installed secondary – witha suited apparatus – and to screw it with fastening screws on the slide.Thereby, a non-ferromagnetic distance plate (made of plastic or wood)has to be laid among the primary and secondary so that the primarydoes not bear on the secondary directly. The thickness of the distanceplate should be measured according to nominal air gap. After thefastening of the primary on the slide a moving of the slide should bepossible.
The thickness of the distance plate must be measured in such a way thatthe primary with the fastening screws can preferably not or onlyexiguously be lifted.
Measurable air gap: 1.0 mm
Thickness of the distance plate: 0.95 ... 0.99 mm
Example
13-4 Mounting Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The tightening of the fastening screws for the primary has to be made asdescribed in chapter 13.4 “Mounting of the primary”.
3
$
$'
'
3
$$'
'
0
0-2"
$ '
3
$$'
'
0-2"
$ '
'#"/$"%
MOTEINBAU03-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 13-3: Installation of the linear motor components at whole secondary overthe entire traverse path
CAUTION
When lowering the primary on the secondary,result by reducing the air gap increasingattractive forces!⇒ Heed the specifications in chapter 9.5 feeding and
attractive forces⇒ Do not lower the primary on the secondary with a
crane (elasticity / attractive force).
Rexroth IndraDyn L Mounting Instructions 13-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
13.3 Installation of the secondary segments
WARNING
Personal injury and / or damage of motorcomponents!⇒ Remove the transport and installation protection of
the secondary only after mounting of the secondary.
The secondaries have to be bolt together with the machine construction.The tightening torque of the fastening screws are given as follows:
Size secondaryBolt size-ISO-grade
Tightening torque
MLS040MLS070MLS100MLS140MLS200MLS300
M6 10 Nm
Fig. 13-4: Tightening torque for the secondaries fastening screws.
Using several arranged secondaries over the entire traverse path, thepole series must be kept according to the following figure.
- !&
'*
'*
- !&
- !&
- !&
- !&
- !&
MOTEINBAU04-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 13-5: Arrangement of several secondaries
WARNING
Malefunction and / or uncontrolled movement ofthe motor result in danger of damage or risk ofinjury!⇒ Correct arrangement of the secondaries.
Spanned secondary
13-6 Mounting Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
WARNING
Risk of injury or damage by attractive force orrepulsive force when arranging the secondaries!⇒ Safety against uncontrolled movement⇒ Remove the transportation and installation
protection only during or after the installation intothe machine.
Attractive or repulsive forces can be approx. 300N differing from thesize, when arranging the secondaries.
- !&
)'*
)'*
- !&
- !&
- !&
- !&
- !&
MOTEINBAU05-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 13-6: Attractive or repulsive force when arranging the secondaries
Rexroth IndraDyn L Mounting Instructions 13-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
13.4 Installation of the primary
)
&
!
(
2"$#$
$'
MOTEINBAU06_MLF_EN.EPS
Fig. 13-7: Order of tightening the fixing screws of the primary
Mounting instructions:
1. Prepare the threaded holes acc. to Chapter 13.6.2. Fasten the primary with screws 1, 2, 3...n until the primary lais on the
slide.3. Fasten screws 1, 2, 3 ...n with nominal tightening torque:
Primary size DesignsBolt size-ISO-grade
Nominaltightening
torque
MLP040
MLP070
MLP100
MLP140
MLP200
MLP300
Standard and
Thermal encapsulationM6 10 Nm
Fig. 13-8: Nominal tightening torque for the fixing screws of the primaries
Note: The screw-on surface among the primary and machineconstruction must be oil free and free of grease.
13.5 Connection liquid cooling
Connection of the liquid cooling is made by standard threads directly onthe primary. Fittings and pipes are not in the scope of delivery of thelinear motor.
The following connection data have to be kept. Excursion of tighteningtorque or depth of engagement can lead to irreversible machinedamage.
Primary with... ThreadMax. tightening
torqueMax. depth ofengagement
standard encapsulation
thermal encapsulationG1/4 30 Nm 12 mm
Fig. 13-9: Connection liquid cooling
13-8 Mounting Instructions Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
13.6 Screw locking
LOCTITE is a plastic adhesive, which is applied to the installation partsin liquid form. The adhesive remains liquid as long as it is in contact withoxygen. Only after the parts have been mounted, it converts from itsliquid state into hard plastic. This chemical conversion takes placeunder exclusion of air and the produced metallic contact. The result is aform-locking connection that is impact- and vibration-resistant. Thehardening accelerator Activator 7649 reduces the hardening time of theadhesive.
Proceed as follows:
1. Clean metal chips and coarse dirt from threaded hole and screw orgrub screw.
2. Use LOCTITE rapid cleanser 7061 to clean oil, grease and dirtparticles from threaded hole and screw/grub screw. The threadshave to be absolutely restless.
3. Spray LOCTITE activator into the threaded hole and let it dry.
4. Use LOCTITE adhesive to moisten the same threaded hole in itsentire thread length thinly and evenly.
5. Screw in the matching screw/grub screw.
6. Allow join to harden. Hardening times see Fig. 13-10.
Securing screwed connections using LOCTITE in tappedblind holesThe adhesive must always be dosed into the tapped hole, never on thescrew. This prevents that the compressed air extrudes the adhesivewhen the screw or grub screw is screwed in.
Hardened Hard to thetouch without
activator
Hard to thetouch with
activator 7649
LOCTITE 243 ≈ 12 h 15 to 30 min 10 bis 20 min
LOCTITE 620 ≈ 24 h 1 to 2 h 15 to 30 min
NOTE: All values refer to the hardening time at room temperature. The times are shorterwhen heat is added.
Fig. 13-10: Hardening times LOCTITE adhesive
Note: LOCTITE 620 is heat-resistant up to 200°C, LOCTITE 243 upto 150°C.
To detach the connection, use a wrench for unscrewing the screw orgrub screw in the traditional way. The breakaway torque of LOCTITE620 is 20-45 Nm, the one of LOCTITE 243 is 14-34 Nm (acc. to DIN 54454). Blowing hot air on the screw connection reduces the breakawaytorque.
Is the screw/grub screw removed, the residuals of the adhesive must beremoved from the threaded hole (e.g. re-cutting the thread).
NOTE: The German version of the chapter was checked by LOCTITE Germany forcorrectness and was approved for publication.
General
Gluing
Detach the connection
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14 Startup, Operation and Maintenance
14.1 General information for startup of IndraDyn L motors
The startup of linear motors is different to the rotative servo motors.
Note: Use the functional description of the drive controller for moredetailed information.
The following points have to be especially noticed when startupsynchronous-linear motors.
Synchronous-linear motors are kit motors whose single components are– completed by an encoder system – directly installed into the machineby the manufacturer. As a result of this, kit motors have no data memoryto supply motor parameters or standard controller adjustment. At startup,all parameters have to be manually entered or loaded into the drive. Thestartup-program DriveTop makes all motor parameters of Bosch Rexrothavailable.
The procedure at controller optimization (voltage, acceleration andposition controller) of linear direct drives is the same as at rotative servodrives. At linear drives are only the adjustment limits higher. At lineardirect drives compared with rotative servo drives can be, for example, a10-fold higher kv-factor adjusted. Precondition therefore is anappropriate machine construction (see chapter 9.3 “Request for amachine construction”.
At controlled rotative servo drives are automatic-control engineeringmodifications at the rate of motor-moment of inertia to demand-momentof inertia. Such a modification is not available for direct drives with linearmotors. The moved foreign mass is independent from the motor self-mass.
The polarity of the actual-speed (length measuring system) must agreewith the force polarity of the motor. This connection has to beestablished before commutation-adjustment.
It is necessary at synchronous linear motors to receive the position ofthe primary relating on the secondary by return after start or after amalfunction. This is called identification of pole position or commutationadjustment. The commutation adjustment-process is the establishmentof a position reference to the electrical or magnetic model of the motor.The commutation adjustment can be done after installation of the motorcomponents and length measuring system. The way of doing thecommutation adjustment complies with the measuring principle of thelength measuring system.
Parameter
Controller optimization
Moving masses
Encoder polarity
Commutation adjustment
14-2 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14.2 General precondition
The following preconditions have to be created for a successful start-up.
• Adherence of the safety instructions and notes.
• Check of electrical and mechanical components on a safe function.
• Availability and supply of required implements.
• Adherence of the following described start-up
Adherence of all electrically and mechanically components
Do a check of all electrically and mechanically components before start-up. Heed the following points in particular:
• Safety warranty of personnel and machine
• Proper installation of the motor
• Correct power connection of the motor
• Correct connection of the length measuring system
• Function of available limit switch, door switch, a.s.o.
• Proper function of the emergency stop circuit and emergency stop.
• Machine construction (mechanical installation) in proper andcomplete condition.
• Availability and function of suitable end-of-stroke damper.
• Correct connection and function of the motor cooling.
• Proper connection and function of the drive controller unit.
WARNING
Danger to life, heavy injury or damage by failureor malfunction on mechanical or electricalcomponents!⇒ Troubleshooting at mechanical or electrical
components before continue with the start-up.
WARNING
Risk of injury or danger to life, as well asdamage due to non-adherence of warning andsafety notes!⇒ Adherence of the warning and safety notes.⇒ Start-up must to be done by skilled personnel⇒ Adherence of the following described start-up
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Implements
The start-up can be made directly via a NC-terminal or via a specialsoftware. The start-up software DriveTop makes a menu-driven, custom-designed and motor specific parameterizing and optimization possible.
For start-up with DriveTop is a usual Windows-PC needed.
For start-up via NC-control, access to all drive parameters andfunctionalities must be guaranteed.
An oscilloscope is needed for drive optimization. It serves to display thesignals, which can be shown via the adjustable analog output of the drivecontroller. Viewable signals are, e.g. nominal and actual values of thespeed, position or voltage, position lag, intermediate circuit a.s.o.
At troubleshooting and check of the components can be a multimeterwith the possibility to voltage metering and resistor measuring helpful.
Start-up software DriveTop
PC
Start-up via NC
Oscilloscope
Multimeter
14-4 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14.3 General start-up procedure
In the following flow-chart is the general start-up procedure atsynchronous linear motors MLF shown. In the following chapters arethese points explained in detail.
parameter value assignments
Verification:
- power connection - safety end switch- measuring system connection - motor cooling- mechanical system - controller function- end position dampers - drive control function- E STOP function
No
determine sensorpolarity
commutation setting
position sensor typeparameter S-0-0277 Bit 3 = 1
............1001
Necessary information,parameters and aids
- motor parameters- constant focommutation setting kmx
set and optimizecontrol loop
error ?
polarityFsoll = vist?
eliminate errorYes
system is operational!
No
load drive parameterdefault values
enter/load motorparameters
enteapplication-relatedparameters
enter drive limitation
enter parameters forlength measuring
system
Yes
initialcommissioning
Yes
No
Fig. 14-1: General start-up procedure at synchronous linear motors
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14.4 Parametrization
With DriveTop, entering or editing certain parameters and executingcommands during the commissioning process is done inside menu-driven dialogs or in list representations. Optionally, it can also beperformed via the control terminal.
Entering motor parameters
Note: The motor parameters are specified by Rexroth and must notbe changed by the user. Commissioning is not possible, ifthese parameters are not available. In this case, please getinto contact with your Rexroth Sales and Service Facility.
WARNING
Injuries and mechanical damage, if the motor isswitched on immediately after the motorparameters have been entered! Entering themotor parameters does not make the motoroperational!⇒ Do not switch on the motor immediately after the
motor parameters have been entered.⇒ Enter the parameters for the linear scale.⇒ Check and adjust the measuring system polarity.⇒ Perform commutation setting.
The motor parameters can be entered in the following way:
• Use DriveTop to load all the motor parameters.
• Enter the individual parameters manually via the controller.
• With series machines, load a complete parameter recordvia the controller or DriveTop.
14-6 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Input of linear scale parameters
The type of the linear scale must be defined. The parameter P-0-0074,encoder type 1 (see also Fig. 9-83).
Encoder type P-0-0074
Incremental measuring system, e.g.LS486 in conjunction with high-resolution DLF position interface
2
Absolute encoder with ENDATinterface, e.g. LC181 in conjunctionwith high-resolution DAG positioninterface
8
Fig. 14-2: Encoder type definition
Linear scale for linear motors generate and interpret sinusoid signals.The sine signal period must be entered in the parameter S-0-0116,sensor 1 resolution.
Note: The values that must be enterd for parameter S-0-0116,sonsor resolution, are specified in Fig. 9-66. The values forlinear scale that are not shown in this figure must be obtaineddirectly from the manufacturer.
Input of drive limitations and application-related parameters
The possible selectable drive limitations include:
• Current limitation
• Force limitation
• Velocity limitations
• Travel range limits
The application-related drive parameters include, for example, theparameters of the drive fault reaction.
Note: Detailed information can be found in the description offunction of the employed drive controller and/or Firmware.
Encoder type
Signal period
Drive limitations
Application-related parameters
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14.5 Determining the Polarity of the linear scale
In order to avoid direct feedback in the velocity control loop, the effectivedirection of the motor force and the count direction of the linear scalesmust be the same.
WARNING
Different effective directions of motor force andcount direction of linear scale causeuncontrolled movements of the motor uponpower-up!⇒ Safety against uncontrolled movement⇒ Adjust effective direction of motor force equal to
linear scale count direction.
To set the correct sensor polarity:
The effective direction of the motor force is always positive in thedirection of the cable connection of the primary.
)
8
GEBPOL01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 14-3: Effective direction of motor force
Effective direction of motorforce
14-8 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
When the primary is moved in the direction of the cable connection, thecount direction of the linear scale must consequently be positive:
)
8
8
GEBPOL02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 14-4: Effective direction motor force = linear scale count direction
Note: The encoder polarity is selected via the primary (cableconnection). The installation direction or the pole sequence ofthe secondary does not have any influence on the selection ofthe sensor polarity.
The encoder polarity is selected via the parameter
S-0-0277, position encoder type 1 (Bit 3)
Position, velocity and force data must not be inverted when the linearscale count direction is set:
S-0-0085, Force polarity parameter 0000000000000000
S-0-0085, Velocity polarity parameter 0000000000000000
S-0-0085, Position polarities 0000000000000000
The process-related axis count direction is set as required after sensorpolarity and commutation have been set.
Effective direction motor force =linear scale count direction
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-9
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14.6 Commutation adjustment
Setting the correct commutation angle is a prerequisite for maximum andconstant force development of the synchronous linear motor.
This procedure ensures that the angle between the current vector of theprimary and the flux vector of the secondary is always 90°. The motorsupplies the maximum force in this state.
Three different commutation adjustment procedures have beenimplemented in the firmware. The figure below shows the correlationbetween the employed linear scale and the method that is to be use.
incremental
Only for initialcommissioning and sensor
replacement
measuringprinciple of linear scale
absoluteENDAT
initialcommissioning
NoYes
Commutation setting ofsynchronous linear motors
Procedure 1
Measuring the refernecebetween primary and secondarypart and starting the P-0-0524
command
no controller enabling signal no axis movment
always after power-up
Procedure 3
Current flow methodAutomatic execution after
controller enabling signal is set
Only for initialcommissioning and sensor
replacement
Procedure 2
Current flow methode bystarting the P-0-0524 command
with controller enabling signal axis movement
with controller anabling signal axis movement
Fig. 14-5: Commutation adjustment method for synchronous linear motors
Note: The three methods are described subsequently.
Note: Method 2 and 3 cannot be employed for:
• vertical axes without weight compensation
• jammed or blocking axes
Adjustment procedure
14-10 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
DANGER
Malfunction due to errors in activating motorsand moving elements!Commutation adjustment must always beperformed in the following cases:⇒ Initial commissioning⇒ Modification of the mechanical attachment of the
linear scale⇒ Replacement of the linear scale⇒ Modification of the mechanical attachment of the
primary and/or secondary
WARNING
Malfunction and/or uncontrolled motormovement due to error in commutationadjustment!⇒ Effective direction motor force = linear scale count
direction⇒ Adhering to the described setting procedures⇒ Correct motor and encoder parameterization⇒ Expedient parameter values must be assigned for
current and velocity control loop.⇒ Correct connection of motor power cable⇒ Protection against uncontrolled movements
The individual phases of the motor power connection must correctly beassigned. See also Chapter 8 “Electrical Connection”.
To ensure a correct commutation adjustment, the following parametersshould be checked again and, if necessary, set to the values specifiedbelow:
Identitynumber
Description Value
S-0-0085 Torque/force polarity parameter 0000000000000000
S-0-0043 Velocity polarity parameter 0000000000000000
S-0-0055 Position polarity 0000000000000000
P-0-4014 Motor type 3 (synchronous linearmotor)
P-0-0018 Number of pole pairs/pole pairwidth
75
S-0-0116 S-0-0016, Encoder 1 resolution Fig. 9-83
Fig. 14-6: Parameters that must be checked prior to commutation adjustment
Motor connection
Parameter verification
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-11
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Method 1: Measuring the reference between the primary and thesecondary
If this procedure is used for commutation adjustment, the relativeposition of the primary with respect to the secondary must bedetermined. The benefit of this procedure is that the commuationadjustment requires neither the power to be switched on nor the axes tobe moved. Commutation adjustment need only be performed during thefirst-time commissioning.
Note: This procedure requires an absolute linear scale with ENDATinterface.
Depending on the accessibility of the primary and the secondary in themachine or system, the relative position between primary and secondarycan be measured in different ways.
)
2
"
'
KOMMUT01-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 14-7: Measuring the relative position between primary and secondary
Note: From now on, the position of the primary must not bechanged until the commutation adjustment procedure isterminated!
The input value for P-0-0523 that is required for calculating thecommutation offset, is determined from the measured relativce positionof the primary with respect to the secondary (Fig. 14-10, distance d, e, for g, depending on accessibility), and a motor-related constant kmx (seeFig 14-11 and Fig. 14-13).
Measuring the relative positionbetween the primary and the
secondary
Calculation of P-0-0523,commutation adjustment
measured value
14-12 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
mxp
mxp
mx
mx
klgmmP
klfP
mmkeP
kdP
−−−=−−
−−−=−−
−−=−−
−=−−
5.3705230 :4point Reference
05230 :3point Reference
5.3705230 :2point Reference
05230 :1point Reference
P-0-0523: Commutation adjustment measured value in mmd: Relative position, reference position 1 in mm (see Fig. 14-7) )e: Relative position, reference position 2 in mm (see Fig. 14-7) f:
Relative position, reference position 3 in mm (see Fig. 14-7)g: Relative position, reference position 4 in mm (see Fig. 14-7)kmx: Motor constant for commutation adjustment in mmlp: Length of the primary in mm
Fig. 14-8: Calculation of P-0-0523, commutation adjustment measured value
Note: Ensure that the sign is correct when you determine P-0-0523,commutation adjustment measured value.If P-0-0523 is determined with a negative sign, this must beentered when the setup procedure is started.
The motor constants for adjusting the commutation offset kmx depend onthe orientation of primary and secondary:
)
&
)
C
3
3
3
3
KOMMUT02-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 14-9: Possible arrangements between primary and secondary
Motor constant for commutationadjustment kmx
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-13
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Arrangement A(acc. to Fig. 14-9)
kmx in mm
Arrangement B(acc. to Fig. 14-9)
kmx in mm
Standard encapsulationSize 040...300
68 105.5
Thermal encapsulationSize 040 300
65 102.5
Fig. 14-10: Motor constants for commutation adjustment kmx
Example 1, reference point (see Fig. 14-7):
d = 100 mm , kmx = 38.0 mm
P-0-0523 = d - kmx = 100 mm - 38.0 mm = 62 mm
Example 2, reference point (see Fig. 14-7):
d = 0 mm, kmx = 38.0 mm
P-0-0523 = d - kmx = 0 mm - 38.0 mm = - 38.0 mm
Example 3, reference point (see Fig. 14-7):
g = 180 mm , kmx = 38.0 mm , lp = 540 mm
P-0-0523 = 37.5 mm - g - lp - kmx = 37.5 mm -180 mm - 540 mm - 38mm
P-0-0523 = 720.5 mm
Prerequisites:
1. The drive must be in the A0-13 state during the subsequentadjustment procedure (ready for power connection).
2. The position of the primary part and/or the slide must not havechanged since the relative position of the primary part with respect to thesecondary part has been measured.
Once the determined value P-0-0523, commutation setting measuredvalue, has been entered, the command P-0-0524, D300 commutationsetting command must be started. The commutation offset is calculatedin this step. The commutation offset is calculated in this step.
Note: If the drive is in control mode when the command is started,the commutation offset is determined using the current flowmethod (see method 2).
The command must subsequently be cleared.
Activation of commutationadjustment command
14-14 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Method 2: Current flow method manually activated
This method is used for the following configurations:
• Synchronous linear motors with absolute linear scale. Infirst-time commissioning, as an alternative of method 1.
1. Adjust the operation mode “Torque-force control”2. Bring the drive into control (AF).3. Start the commando via P-0-0524
WARNING
Injuries due to errors in activating motors andmoving elements!⇒ Is the drive not accordingly commutated, then the
drive must only be switched in operation mode“Torque-force control” in AF.
⇒ Is the drive switched in velocity control or in positioncontrol in AF, an uncontrolled axis movementcannot be excepted.
Note: The parameter P-0-0560, commutation adjustment voltage,P-0-0562 and cycle duration can individually be adjusted atinitial start-up by the user.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-15
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Method 3: Current flow method automatically activated
This method is used for the following configurations:
• Synchronous linear motor with incremental length scale inconnection with controllers Ecodrive and Diax04
At initial start-up of the axis, the parameter P-0-0560,commutation adjustment voltage, P-0-0562 andcommutation adjustment are automatically determinatedand recorded in the drive.At every re-start of the axis, the commutation adjustmentis made new to method 3. The parameter values for P-0-0560 and P-0-0562 of the initial start-up serve as initialvalue for the procedure.
Note: The parameter P-0-0560, commutation adjustment voltage,P-0-0562 and cycle duration can individually be adjusted atinitial start-up by the user.
This method is used for the following configurations:
• Synchronous linear motors with incremental length scale inconnection with IndraDrive controllers.
At initial start-up of the axis, the parameters P-0-0506,peak value for angle-survey and P-0-0507, test frequencyfor angle-survey are automatically determinated, if in P-0-506 “0” is entered. Subsequently, the determinedparameters are recorded in the drive-device.At every re-start of the axis, the commutation adjustmentis made new to method 3. The parameter values for P0-0506 and P0-0507 of the initial start-up serve as initialvalue for the procedure.
Note: The parameters P-0-0506, peak value for angle-survey andP-0-507, test frequency for angle-survey can individually beadjusted at initial start-up by the user.
Controllers ECODRIVE andDIAX04
Controller IndraDrive
14-16 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14.7 Setting and Optimizing the Control Loop
General sequenceThe control loop settings in a digital drive controller are significant to thecharacteristics of the servo axis. The control loop structure consists of acascaded position, velocity and current controller. The correspondingmode defines the active controllers.
Note: Defining the control loop settings requires the correspondingexpertise.
The procedure used for optimizing the control loops (current, velocityand position controllers) of linear direct drives corresponds to the oneused for rotary servo drives. At linear drives are only the adjustmentlimits higher.
filtering mechanicalresonance vibrations
no
yes
setting and optimizing control loop ofsynchronous linear drives
set current controller (part of motor parameter)
optimize velocity controller
set rejection frequency
re-optimize velocity controller
optimize position controller
set and optimize accelerationprecontrol
Fig. 14-11: Setting and optimizing the control loop of synchronous linear drives.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-17
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Note: Use the functional description of the drive controller for moredetailed information.
Drive controllers of the EcoDrive03 series are able to perform automaticcontrol loop adjustment.
Digital drives from Rexroth are able to provide a narrow-bandsuppression of vibrations that are produced due to the power trainbetween motor and mechanical axis system. This results in increaseddrive dynamic at a good stability.
The position or velocity feedback in the closed control loop excites themechanical system of the slide that is moved by the linear drive toperform mechanical vibrations. This behavior, known as “Two-massesvibration”, is mainly in the frequency range between 400 and 800 Hz. Itdepends on the rigidity of the mechanical system and the spatialexpansion of the system.
In most cases, this “Two-masses vibration” has a clear resonantfrequency that can selectively be suppressed by a rejection filter in thedrive.
When the mechanical resonant frequency is suppressed, improving thedynamic properties of the velocity control loop and of the position controlloop with may be possible, compared with close-loop operation withoutthe rejection filter.
This leads to an increased profile accuracy and to smaller cycle times forpositioning processes at a sufficient distance to the stability limit.
Rejection frequency and bandwidth of the filter can be selected. Thehighest attenuation takes effect on the rejection frequency. The bandwithdefines the frequency range at which the attenuation is less than –3dB.A higher bandwidth leads to less attenuation of the rejection frequency!
B 29/2$
-
"7 29/23#
SPERRFILTER-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 14-12: Amplitude frequency curve rejection filter vs. bandwidth, qualitative
Automatic control loop setting
Filtering mechanical resonancevibrations
14-18 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Parameter value assignments and optimization of Gantry axes
Prerequisites:
• The parameter settings of the axes are identical
• Parallelism of the guides of the Gantry axes
• Parallelism of the linear scale
• In the controller, the axes are registered as individual axes
Note: Drive-internal axis error compensation procedures can beused for compensating the misalignments between two linearscales as or the mechanical system. Please refer to thecorresponding description of functions of the drive controllerfor a description of the operational principle and theparameter settings.
'" $$$
'" $$$
/'$ %'/ /'$ %'/
ACHSKOMP-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 14-13: Possible misalignment with the linear scale of a Gantry axes
Parameter settingsWhen using Gantry axes, your must ensure that the parameter settingsof the following parameters are identical:
• Motor parameters
• Polarity parameters for force, velocity and position
• Control loop parameters
We have:
2p1p
2v1v
kk
kk
=
=
kv: Position controller kv-factor S-0-0104kp: Velocity controller proportional gain S-0-0100
Fig. 14-14: Proportional gains in the position and velocity control loop of bothaxes.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-19
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
The following possibilities must be taken into account for the velocitycontroller integral time (integral part):
Possibility 1 Possibility 2 Possibility 3 Possibility 4
Alignment of lengthlinear scale and
guidesideal not ideal not ideal not ideal
Integral Part in both axes in both axes in one axis only in no axis
Behaviour of the axes Since both motorsfollow the positioncommand value
ideally, there will notbe a distortion of themechanical system
Both axes workagainst each other
until there is anequalization via themechanical couplingor until the maximumcurrent of one or bothdrive controller(s) hasbeen reached and acontrol effect is nolonger possible.
The axis withoutintegral-part permits a
continuous positionoffset. The magnitudeof the position offset
depends on therigidity of the
mechanical couplingof both axes and of
the proportional gainsin the position and
velocity control loop.
Both axes permit acontinuous position
offset. The magnitudeof the position offset
depends on theproportional gains in
the position andvelocity control loop.
Fig. 14-15: Parameterization of the velocity controller integral time S-0-0101 forGantry-axes.
The previously described procedure must be followed for optimizing theposition and velocity loop.
Note: Any parameter modifications that are made during theoptimization of Gantry axes must always be made in bothaxes simultaneously. If this is not possible, the parameterchanges should be made during optimization in smallersubsequent steps in both axes.
Estimating the moved mass using a velocity rampOften, the exact moving mass of the machine slide is not known.Determining this mass can be made difficult by moving parts, additionallymounted parts, etc.
The procedure explained below permits the moving axes mass to beestimated on the basis of a recorded velocity ramp. This permits, forexample, the acceleration capability of the axis to be estimated.
This procedure requires the oscillographic recording of the followingparameters:
• S-0-0040, actual velocity value
• S-0-0080, torque/force command value
You can either use an oscilloscope or the oscilloscope function of thedrive in conjunction with DriveTop or NC.
Velocity controller integral time(integral part)
Optimization
Preparation
14-20 Startup, Operation and Maintenance Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
*<*<<.<D
:
:
*<*<<<D
ERMITTLGMASSE-MLF-EN.EPS
Fig. 14-16: Oscillogram of velocity and force
vt
%100FF
F30m DECACCdN ∆
∆⋅
+⋅⋅=
m: Moved axis mass in kgFdN: Continuous nominal force of the motor in NFACC: Force command value during acceleration in %FDEC: Force command value during braking in %
v: Velocity change during constant acceleration in m/mint: Time change during constant acceleration in s
Fig. 14-17: Determining the moved axis mass on the basis of a recorded velocityramp
Prerequisites: 1. Correct parameter settings of the rated motorcurrent (basis of representation S-0-0080)
2. Frictional force not directional
3. Recording of v and t at constant acceleration
4. Do not perform at maximum motor force to avoidnon-linearities
Note: Due to possible direction-related force variations, thisprocedure cannot or only conditionally be used for verticalaxes.
Rexroth IndraDyn L Startup, Operation and Maintenance 14-21
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
14.8 Maintenance and check of Motor components
The motor components of IndraDyn L do not need any maintenance.Due to external influence, the motor components can be damagedduring operation. There should be a preventive maintenance of thelinear motor components within the service intervals of the machine orsystem.
Check of Motor and Auxiliary ComponentsThe following points should be observed during the preventive check ofmotor and auxiliary components:
• Scratches on primary and secondary
• Chips in the air gap between primary and secondary
• Tightness of liquid cooling, hoses and connections
• State of power and encoder cables in a drag chain.
• State of linear scale (e.g. soiled)
• State of guides (e.g. wear of linear guides)
Electrical check of motor componentsThe electrical defect of a primary can be checked by measuring electricalcharacteristics. The following variables are relevant:
• Resistance between motor connecting wires 1-2, 2-3 and 1-3
• Inductance between motor connecting wires 1-2, 2-3 and 1-3
• Insulation resistance between motor connecting wired and guides
The measured values of resistance and inductance can be comparedwith the values specified in Chapter 5 “Technical Data”. The individualvalues of resistance and inductance measured between the connections1-2, 2-3 and 1-3 should be identical – within a tolerance of ± 5 %. Therecan be a phase short circuit, a fault between windings, or a short circuitto ground if one or more values differ significantly.
The insulation resistance – measured between the motor connectingleads and ground – should be at least 1 MΩ. The primary must bereplaced in this case.
Note: If there are and doubts during the electrical verification,please consult your Rexroth Service.
Resistance and inductance
Insulation resistance
Rexroth IndraDyn L Service & Support 15-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
15 Service & Support
15.1 Helpdesk
Unser Kundendienst-Helpdesk im Hauptwerk Lohram Main steht Ihnen mit Rat und Tat zur Seite.Sie erreichen uns
Our service helpdesk at our headquarters in Lohr amMain, Germany can assist you in all kinds of inquiries.Contact us
- telefonisch - by phone: 49 (0) 9352 40 50 60über Service Call Entry Center Mo-Fr 07:00-18:00- via Service Call Entry Center Mo-Fr 7:00 am - 6:00 pm
- per Fax - by fax: +49 (0) 9352 40 49 41
- per e-Mail - by e-mail: [email protected]
15.2 Service-Hotline
Außerhalb der Helpdesk-Zeiten ist der Servicedirekt ansprechbar unter
After helpdesk hours, contact our servicedepartment directly at
+49 (0) 171 333 88 26oder - or +49 (0) 172 660 04 06
15.3 Internet
Unter www.boschrexroth.com finden Sieergänzende Hinweise zu Service, Reparatur undTraining sowie die aktuellen Adressen *) unsererauf den folgenden Seiten aufgeführten Vertriebs-und Servicebüros.
Verkaufsniederlassungen
Niederlassungen mit Kundendienst
Außerhalb Deutschlands nehmen Sie bitte zuerst Kontakt mitunserem für Sie nächstgelegenen Ansprechpartner auf.
*) Die Angaben in der vorliegenden Dokumentation könnenseit Drucklegung überholt sein.
At www.boschrexroth.com you may findadditional notes about service, repairs and trainingin the Internet, as well as the actual addresses *)of our sales- and service facilities figuring on thefollowing pages.
sales agencies
offices providing service
Please contact our sales / service office in your area first.
*) Data in the present documentation may have becomeobsolete since printing.
15.4 Vor der Kontaktaufnahme... - Before contacting us...
Wir können Ihnen schnell und effizient helfen wennSie folgende Informationen bereithalten:
1. detaillierte Beschreibung der Störung und derUmstände.
2. Angaben auf dem Typenschild derbetreffenden Produkte, insbesondereTypenschlüssel und Seriennummern.
3. Tel.-/Faxnummern und e-Mail-Adresse, unterdenen Sie für Rückfragen zu erreichen sind.
For quick and efficient help, please have thefollowing information ready:
1. Detailed description of the failure andcircumstances.
2. Information on the type plate of the affectedproducts, especially type codes and serialnumbers.
3. Your phone/fax numbers and e-mail address,so we can contact you in case of questions.
15-2 Service & Support Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
15.5 Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service Facilities
Deutschland – Germany vom Ausland: (0) nach Landeskennziffer weglassen!from abroad: don’t dial (0) after country code!
Vertriebsgebiet Mitte Germany Centre
Rexroth Indramat GmbHBgm.-Dr.-Nebel-Str. 2 / Postf. 135797816 Lohr am Main / 97803 Lohr
Kompetenz-Zentrum Europa
Tel.: +49 (0)9352 40-0Fax: +49 (0)9352 40-4885
S E R V I C E
C A L L E N T R Y C E N T E RMO – FR
von 07:00 - 18:00 Uhr
from 7 am – 6 pm
Tel. +49 (0) 9352 40 50 [email protected]
S E R V I C E
H O TLI N EMO – FR
von 17:00 - 07:00 Uhrfrom 5 pm - 7 am
+ SA / SOTel.: +49 (0)172 660 04 06
o der / o rTel.: +49 (0)171 333 88 26
S E R V I C E
ERSATZTEILE / SPARESverlängerte Ansprechzeit- extended office time -
♦ nur an Werktagen- only on working days -
♦ von 07:00 - 18:00 Uhr- from 7 am - 6 pm -
Tel. +49 (0) 9352 40 42 22
Vertriebsgebiet Süd Germany South
Bosch Rexroth AGLandshuter Allee 8-1080637 München
Tel.: +49 (0)89 127 14-0Fax: +49 (0)89 127 14-490
Vertriebsgebiet West Germany West
Bosch Rexroth AGRegionalzentrum WestBorsigstrasse 1540880 Ratingen
Tel.: +49 (0)2102 409-0Fax: +49 (0)2102 409-406
+49 (0)2102 409-430
Gebiet Südwest Germany South-West
Bosch Rexroth AGService-Regionalzentrum Süd-WestSiemensstr.170736 Fellbach
Tel.: +49 (0)711 51046–0Fax: +49 (0)711 51046–248
Vertriebsgebiet Nord Germany North
Bosch Rexroth AGWalsroder Str. 9330853 Langenhagen
Tel.: +49 (0) 511 72 66 57-0Service: +49 (0) 511 72 66 57-256Fax: +49 (0) 511 72 66 57-93Service: +49 (0) 511 72 66 57-783
Vertriebsgebiet Mitte Germany Centre
Bosch Rexroth AGRegionalzentrum MitteWaldecker Straße 1364546 Mörfelden-Walldorf
Tel.: +49 (0) 61 05 702-3Fax: +49 (0) 61 05 702-444
Vertriebsgebiet Ost Germany East
Bosch Rexroth AGBeckerstraße 3109120 Chemnitz
Tel.: +49 (0)371 35 55-0Fax: +49 (0)371 35 55-333
Vertriebsgebiet Ost Germany East
Bosch Rexroth AGRegionalzentrum OstWalter-Köhn-Str. 4d04356 Leipzig
Tel.: +49 (0)341 25 61-0Fax: +49 (0)341 25 61-111
Rexroth IndraDyn L Service & Support 15-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Europa (West) - Europe (West)
vom Ausland: (0) nach Landeskennziffer weglassen, Italien: 0 nach Landeskennziffer mitwählenfrom abroad: don’t dial (0) after country code, Italy: dial 0 after country code
Austria - Österreich
Bosch Rexroth GmbHElectric Drives & ControlsStachegasse 131120 WienTel.: +43 (0)1 985 25 40Fax: +43 (0)1 985 25 40-93
Austria – Österreich
Bosch Rexroth GmbHElectric Drives & ControlsIndustriepark 184061 PaschingTel.: +43 (0)7221 605-0Fax: +43 (0)7221 605-21
Belgium - Belgien
Bosch Rexroth NV/SAHenri Genessestraat 11070 Bruxelles
Tel: +32 (0) 2 582 31 80Fax: +32 (0) 2 582 43 10 [email protected] [email protected]
Denmark - Dänemark
BEC A/SZinkvej 68900 Randers
Tel.: +45 (0)87 11 90 60Fax: +45 (0)87 11 90 61
Great Britain – Großbritannien
Bosch Rexroth Ltd.Electric Drives & ControlsBroadway Lane, South CerneyCirencester, Glos GL7 5UH
Tel.: +44 (0)1285 863000Fax: +44 (0)1285 863030 [email protected] [email protected]
Finland - Finnland
Bosch Rexroth OyElectric Drives & ControlsAnsatie 6017 40 Vantaa
Tel.: +358 (0)9 84 91-11Fax: +358 (0)9 84 91-13 60
France - Frankreich
Bosch Rexroth SASElectric Drives & ControlsAvenue de la Trentaine(BP. 74)77503 Chelles CedexTel.: +33 (0)164 72-70 00Fax: +33 (0)164 72-63 00Hotline: +33 (0)608 33 43 28
France - Frankreich
Bosch Rexroth SASElectric Drives & ControlsZI de Thibaud, 20 bd. Thibaud(BP. 1751)31084 ToulouseTel.: +33 (0)5 61 43 61 87Fax: +33 (0)5 61 43 94 12
France – Frankreich
Bosch Rexroth SASElectric Drives & Controls91, Bd. Irène Joliot-Curie69634 Vénissieux – CedexTel.: +33 (0)4 78 78 53 65Fax: +33 (0)4 78 78 53 62
Italy - Italien
Bosch Rexroth S.p.A.Via G. Di Vittorio, 120063 Cernusco S/N.MIHotline: +39 02 92 365 563Tel.: +39 02 92 365 1Service: +39 02 92 365 326Fax: +39 02 92 365 500Service: +39 02 92 365 503
Italy - Italien
Bosch Rexroth S.p.A.Via Paolo Veronesi, 25010148 Torino
Tel.: +39 011 224 88 11Fax: +39 011 224 88 30
Italy - Italien
Bosch Rexroth S.p.A.Via Mascia, 180053 Castellamare di Stabia NA
Tel.: +39 081 8 71 57 00Fax: +39 081 8 71 68 85
Italy - Italien
Bosch Rexroth S.p.A.Via del Progresso, 16 (Zona Ind.)35020 Padova
Tel.: +39 049 8 70 13 70Fax: +39 049 8 70 13 77
Italy - Italien
Bosch Rexroth S.p.A.Via Isonzo, 6140033 Casalecchio di Reno (Bo)
Tel.: +39 051 29 86 430Fax: +39 051 29 86 490
Netherlands - Niederlande/Holland
Bosch Rexroth Services B.V.Technical ServicesKruisbroeksestraat 1(P.O. Box 32)5281 RV Boxtel
Tel.: +31 (0) 411 65 16 40+31 (0) 411 65 17 27
Fax: +31 (0) 411 67 78 14+31 (0) 411 68 28 60
Netherlands – Niederlande/Holland
Bosch Rexroth B.V.Kruisbroeksestraat 1(P.O. Box 32)5281 RV Boxtel
Tel.: +31 (0) 411 65 19 51Fax: +31 (0) 411 65 14 83 www.boschrexroth.nl
Norway - Norwegen
Bosch Rexroth ASElectric Drives & ControlsBerghagan 1 or: Box 30071405 Ski-Langhus 1402 Ski
Tel.: +47 (0) 64 86 41 00
Fax: +47 (0) 64 86 90 62
Hotline: +47 (0)64 86 94 82 [email protected]
Spain - Spanien
Bosch Rexroth S.A.Electric Drives & ControlsCentro Industrial SantigaObradors s/n08130 Santa Perpetua de MogodaBarcelona
Tel.: +34 9 37 47 94 00Fax: +34 9 37 47 94 01
Spain – Spanien
Goimendi S.A.Electric Drives & ControlsParque Empresarial ZuatzuC/ Francisco Grandmontagne no.220018 San Sebastian
Tel.: +34 9 43 31 84 21- service: +34 9 43 31 84 56Fax: +34 9 43 31 84 27- service: +34 9 43 31 84 60 [email protected]
Sweden - Schweden
Bosch Rexroth ABElectric Drives & Controls- Varuvägen 7(Service: Konsumentvägen 4, Älfsjö)125 81 Stockholm
Tel.: +46 (0)8 727 92 00Fax: +46 (0)8 647 32 77
Sweden - Schweden
Bosch Rexroth ABElectric Drives & ControlsEkvändan 7254 67 HelsingborgTel.: +46 (0) 42 38 88 -50Fax: +46 (0) 42 38 88 -74
Switzerland East - Schweiz Ost
Bosch Rexroth Schweiz AGElectric Drives & ControlsHemrietstrasse 28863 ButtikonTel. +41 (0) 55 46 46 111Fax +41 (0) 55 46 46 222
Switzerland West - Schweiz West
Bosch Rexroth Suisse SAAv. Général Guisan 261800 Vevey 1
Tel.: +41 (0)21 632 84 20Fax: +41 (0)21 632 84 21
15-4 Service & Support Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Europa (Ost) - Europe (East)
vom Ausland: (0) nach Landeskennziffer weglassen from abroad: don’t dial (0) after country code
Czech Republic - Tschechien
Bosch -Rexroth, spol.s.r.o.Hviezdoslavova 5627 00 BrnoTel.: +420 (0)5 48 126 358Fax: +420 (0)5 48 126 112
Czech Republic - Tschechien
DEL a.s.Strojírenská 38591 01 Zdar nad SázavouTel.: +420 566 64 3144Fax: +420 566 62 1657
Hungary - Ungarn
Bosch Rexroth Kft.Angol utca 341149 BudapestTel.: +36 (1) 422 3200Fax: +36 (1) 422 3201
Poland – Polen
Bosch Rexroth Sp.zo.o.ul. Staszica 105-800 PruszkówTel.: +48 22 738 18 00– service: +48 22 738 18 46Fax: +48 22 758 87 35– service: +48 22 738 18 42
Poland – Polen
Bosch Rexroth Sp.zo.o.Biuro Poznanul. Dabrowskiego 81/8560-529 PoznanTel.: +48 061 847 64 62 /-63Fax: +48 061 847 64 02
Romania - Rumänien
East Electric S.R.L.Bdul Basarabia no.250, sector 373429 BucurestiTel./Fax:: +40 (0)21 255 35 07
+40 (0)21 255 77 13Fax: +40 (0)21 725 61 21 [email protected]
Romania - Rumänien
Bosch Rexroth Sp.zo.o.Str. Drobety nr. 4-10, app. 1470258 Bucuresti, Sector 2Tel.: +40 (0)1 210 48 25
+40 (0)1 210 29 50Fax: +40 (0)1 210 29 52
Russia - Russland
Bosch Rexroth OOOWjatskaja ul. 27/15127015 MoskauTel.: +7-095-785 74 78
+7-095 785 74 79Fax: +7 095 785 74 77 [email protected]
Russia - Russland
ELMIS10, Internationalnaya246640 Gomel, BelarusTel.: +375/ 232 53 42 70
+375/ 232 53 21 69Fax: +375/ 232 53 37 69 [email protected]
Turkey - Türkei
Bosch Rexroth OtomasyonSan & Tic. A..S.Fevzi Cakmak Cad No. 334630 Sefaköy Istanbul
Tel.: +90 212 413 34 00Fax: +90 212 413 34 17 www.boschrexroth.com.tr
Turkey - Türkei
Servo Kontrol Ltd. Sti.Perpa Ticaret Merkezi B BlokKat: 11 No: 160980270 Okmeydani-Istanbul
Tel: +90 212 320 30 80Fax: +90 212 320 30 81 [email protected] www.servokontrol.com
Slowenia - Slowenien
DOMELOtoki 2164 228 Zelezniki
Tel.: +386 5 5117 152Fax: +386 5 5117 225 [email protected]
Rexroth IndraDyn L Service & Support 15-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Africa, Asia, Australia – incl. Pacific Rim
Australia - Australien
AIMS - Australian IndustrialMachinery Services Pty. Ltd.28 Westside DriveLaverton North Vic 3026Melbourne
Tel.: +61 3 93 14 3321Fax: +61 3 93 14 3329Hotlines: +61 3 93 14 3321
+61 4 19 369 195 [email protected]
Australia - Australien
Bosch Rexroth Pty. Ltd.No. 7, Endeavour WayBraeside Victoria, 31 95Melbourne
Tel.: +61 3 95 80 39 33Fax: +61 3 95 80 17 33 [email protected]
China
Shanghai Bosch RexrothHydraulics & Automation Ltd.Waigaoqiao, Free Trade ZoneNo.122, Fu Te Dong Yi RoadShanghai 200131 - P.R.China
Tel.: +86 21 58 66 30 30Fax: +86 21 58 66 55 [email protected][email protected]
China
Shanghai Bosch RexrothHydraulics & Automation Ltd.4/f, Marine TowerNo.1, Pudong AvenueShanghai 200120 - P.R.China
Tel: +86 21 68 86 15 88Fax: +86 21 58 40 65 77
China
Bosch Rexroth China Ltd.15/F China World Trade Center1, Jianguomenwai AvenueBeijing 100004, P.R.China
Tel.: +86 10 65 05 03 80Fax: +86 10 65 05 03 79
China
Bosch Rexroth China Ltd.Guangzhou Repres. OfficeRoom 1014-1016, Metro Plaza,Tian He District, 183 Tian He Bei RdGuangzhou 510075, P.R.China
Tel.: +86 20 8755-0030+86 20 8755-0011
Fax: +86 20 8755-2387
China
Bosch Rexroth (China) Ltd.A-5F., 123 Lian Shan StreetSha He Kou DistrictDalian 116 023, P.R.China
Tel.: +86 411 46 78 930Fax: +86 411 46 78 932
China
Melchers GmbHBRC-SE, Tightening & Press-fit13 Floor Est Ocean CentreNo.588 Yanan Rd. East65 Yanan Rd. WestShanghai 200001
Tel.: +86 21 6352 8848Fax: +86 21 6351 3138
Hongkong
Bosch Rexroth (China) Ltd.6th Floor,Yeung Yiu Chung No.6 Ind Bldg.19 Cheung Shun StreetCheung Sha Wan,Kowloon, Hongkong
Tel.: +852 22 62 51 00Fax: +852 27 41 33 44
India - Indien
Bosch Rexroth (India) Ltd.Electric Drives & ControlsPlot. No.96, Phase IIIPeenya Industrial AreaBangalore – 560058
Tel.: +91 80 51 17 0-211...-218Fax: +91 80 83 94 345
+91 80 83 97 374
India - Indien
Bosch Rexroth (India) Ltd.Electric Drives & ControlsAdvance House, II FloorArk Industrial CompoundNarol Naka, Makwana RoadAndheri (East), Mumbai - 400 059
Tel.: +91 22 28 56 32 90+91 22 28 56 33 18
Fax: +91 22 28 56 32 93
India - Indien
Bosch Rexroth (India) Ltd.S-10, Green Park ExtensionNew Delhi – 110016
Tel.: +91 11 26 56 65 25+91 11 26 56 65 27
Fax: +91 11 26 56 68 87
Indonesia - Indonesien
PT. Bosch RexrothBuilding # 202, CilandakCommercial EstateJl. Cilandak KKO, Jakarta 12560
Tel.: +62 21 7891169 (5 lines)Fax: +62 21 7891170 - [email protected]
Japan
Bosch Rexroth Automation Corp.Service Center JapanYutakagaoka 1810, Meito-ku,NAGOYA 465-0035, Japan
Tel.: +81 52 777 88 41+81 52 777 88 53+81 52 777 88 79
Fax: +81 52 777 89 01
Japan
Bosch Rexroth Automation Corp.Electric Drives & Controls2F, I.R. BuildingNakamachidai 4-26-44, Tsuzuki-kuYOKOHAMA 224-0041, Japan
Tel.: +81 45 942 72 10Fax: +81 45 942 03 41
Korea
Bosch Rexroth-Korea Ltd.Electric Drives and ControlsBongwoo Bldg. 7FL, 31-7, 1GaJangchoong-dong, Jung-guSeoul, 100-391
Tel.: +82 234 061 813Fax: +82 222 641 295
Korea
Bosch Rexroth-Korea Ltd.1515-14 Dadae-Dong, Saha-guElectric Drives & ControlsPusan Metropolitan City, 604-050
Tel.: +82 51 26 00 741Fax: +82 51 26 00 747 [email protected]
Malaysia
Bosch Rexroth Sdn.Bhd.11, Jalan U8/82, Seksyen U840150 Shah AlamSelangor, Malaysia
Tel.: +60 3 78 44 80 00Fax: +60 3 78 45 48 00 [email protected] [email protected]
Singapore - Singapur
Bosch Rexroth Pte Ltd15D Tuas RoadSingapore 638520
Tel.: +65 68 61 87 33Fax: +65 68 61 18 25 sanjay.nemade
@boschrexroth.com.sg
South Africa - Südafrika
TECTRA Automation (Pty) Ltd.71 Watt Street, MeadowdaleEdenvale 1609
Tel.: +27 11 971 94 00Fax: +27 11 971 94 40Hotline: +27 82 903 29 23 [email protected]
Taiwan
Bosch Rexroth Co., Ltd.Taichung Branch1F., No. 29, Fu-Ann 5th Street,Xi-Tun Area, Taichung CityTaiwan, R.O.C.
Tel : +886 - 4 -23580400Fax: +886 - 4 -23580402 [email protected] [email protected]
Taiwan
Bosch Rexroth Co., Ltd.Tainan BranchNo. 17, Alley 24, Lane 737Chung Cheng N.Rd. YungkangTainan Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Tel : +886 - 6 –253 6565Fax: +886 - 6 –253 4754 [email protected]
Thailand
NC Advance Technology Co. Ltd.59/76 Moo 9Ramintra road 34Tharang, Bangkhen,Bangkok 10230
Tel.: +66 2 943 70 62 +66 2 943 71 21Fax: +66 2 509 23 62Hotline +66 1 984 61 52 [email protected]
15-6 Service & Support Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Nordamerika – North AmericaUSAHeadquarters - Hauptniederlassung
Bosch Rexroth CorporationElectric Drives & Controls5150 Prairie Stone ParkwayHoffman Estates, IL 60192-3707
Tel.: +1 847 6 45 36 00Fax: +1 847 6 45 62 [email protected] [email protected]
USA Central Region - Mitte
Bosch Rexroth CorporationElectric Drives & ControlsCentral Region Technical Center1701 Harmon RoadAuburn Hills, MI 48326
Tel.: +1 248 3 93 33 30Fax: +1 248 3 93 29 06
USA Southeast Region - Südwest
Bosch Rexroth CorporationElectric Drives & ControlsSoutheastern Technical Center3625 Swiftwater Park DriveSuwanee, Georgia 30124
Tel.: +1 770 9 32 32 00Fax: +1 770 9 32 19 03
USA SERVICE-HOTLINE
- 7 days x 24hrs -
+1-800-REX-ROTH+1 800 739 7684
USA East Region – Ost
Bosch Rexroth CorporationElectric Drives & ControlsCharlotte Regional Sales Office14001 South Lakes DriveCharlotte, North Carolina 28273
Tel.: +1 704 5 83 97 62+1 704 5 83 14 86
USA Northeast Region – Nordost
Bosch Rexroth CorporationElectric Drives & ControlsNortheastern Technical Center99 Rainbow RoadEast Granby, Connecticut 06026
Tel.: +1 860 8 44 83 77Fax: +1 860 8 44 85 95
USA West Region – West
Bosch Rexroth Corporation7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 220Pleasant Hill, California 94588
Tel.: +1 925 227 10 84Fax: +1 925 227 10 81
Canada East - Kanada Ost
Bosch Rexroth Canada CorporationBurlington Division3426 Mainway DriveBurlington, OntarioCanada L7M 1A8
Tel.: +1 905 335 5511Fax: +1 905 335 4184Hotline: +1 905 335 5511 [email protected]
Canada West - Kanada West
Bosch Rexroth Canada Corporation5345 Goring St.Burnaby, British ColumbiaCanada V7J 1R1
Tel. +1 604 205 5777Fax +1 604 205 6944Hotline: +1 604 205 5777 [email protected]
Mexico
Bosch Rexroth Mexico S.A. de C.V.Calle Neptuno 72Unidad Ind. Vallejo07700 Mexico, D.F.
Tel.: +52 55 57 54 17 11Fax: +52 55 57 54 50 [email protected]
Mexico
Bosch Rexroth S.A. de C.V.Calle Argentina No 3913Fracc. las Torres64930 Monterrey, N.L.
Tel.: +52 81 83 65 22 53+52 81 83 65 89 11+52 81 83 49 80 91
Fax: +52 81 83 65 52 [email protected]
Südamerika – South AmericaArgentina - Argentinien
Bosch Rexroth S.A.I.C."The Drive & Control Company"Rosario 2302B1606DLD CarapachayProvincia de Buenos Aires
Tel.: +54 11 4756 01 40+54 11 4756 02 40+54 11 4756 03 40+54 11 4756 04 40
Fax: +54 11 4756 01 36+54 11 4721 91 53
Argentina - Argentinien
NAKASEServicio Tecnico CNCCalle 49, No. 5764/66B1653AOX Villa BalesterProvincia de Buenos Aires
Tel.: +54 11 4768 36 43Fax: +54 11 4768 24 13Hotline: +54 11 155 307 6781 [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] (Service)
Brazil - Brasilien
Bosch Rexroth Ltda.Av. Tégula, 888Ponte Alta, Atibaia SPCEP 12942-440
Tel.: +55 11 4414 56 92+55 11 4414 56 84
Fax sales: +55 11 4414 57 07Fax serv.: +55 11 4414 56 86 [email protected]
Brazil - Brasilien
Bosch Rexroth Ltda.R. Dr.Humberto Pinheiro Vieira, 100Distrito Industrial [Caixa Postal 1273]89220-390 Joinville - SC
Tel./Fax: +55 47 473 58 33Mobil: +55 47 9974 6645 [email protected]
Columbia - Kolumbien
Reflutec de Colombia Ltda.Calle 37 No. 22-31Santafé de Bogotá, D.C.Colombia
Tel.: +57 1 368 82 67+57 1 368 02 59
Fax: +57 1 268 97 [email protected]@007mundo.com
Rexroth IndraDyn L Appendix 16-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
16 Appendix
16.1 Recommended suppliers of additional components
Length Measuring SystemDR. JOHANNES HEIDENHAIN GmbHDr.-Johannes-Heidenhain-Straße 5 • D-83301 TraunreutTel.: +49 (0) 8669 31 0Fax: +49 (0) 8669 50 61E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.heidenhain.de/
Renishaw GmbHKarl-Benz Strasse 12 • D-72124 PliezhausenTel.: +49 (0) 712 797 960Fax: +49 (0) 712 788 237E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.renishaw.com/encoder/
RexrothErnst-Sachs-Str. 90 • D-97419 SchweinfurtTel.: +49 (0) 9721 937 0Fax: +49 (0) 9721 937 350E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.rexroth.com/rexrothstar
Linear GuideRexrothErnst-Sachs-Str. 90 • D-97419 SchweinfurtTel.: +49 (0) 9721 937 0Fax: +49 (0) 9721 937 350E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.rexroth.com/rexrothstar
Energy Chainsigus GmbHSpicher Straße 1a • D-51147 KölnTel.: +49 (0) 2203 9649 0Fax: +49 (0) 2203 9649 222E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.igus.de/
KABELSCHLEPP GMBHMarienborner Straße 75 • 57074 SiegenTel.: +49 (0) 271 5801 0Fax: +49 (0) 271 5801 220E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.kabelschlepp.de/
16-2 Appendix Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Heat-exchanger UnitSCHWÄMMLE GmbH & Co KGDieselstraße 12-14 • D-71546 AspachTel.: +49 (0) 7191 9242 0Fax: +49 (0) 7191 225 10E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.schwaemmle-gmbh.de/
Universal Hydraulik GmbHSiemensstrasse 33 • D-61267 Neu-AnspachTel.: +49 (0) 6081 9418 0Fax: +49 (0) 6081 9602 20E-Mail:Internet: http://www.universalhydraulik.com/
Coolant AdditivesSee Fig. 9-27
Coolant TubesPolyflex AGDorfstasse 49 • CH-5430 WettingenTel.: +44 (0) 56-4241088Fax: +44 (0) 56-4241114E-Mail:Internet: http://www.polyflex.ch/
igus GmbHSpicher Straße 1a • D-51147 KölnTel.: +49 (0) 2203 9649 0Fax: +49 (0) 2203 9649 222E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.igus.de/
RexrothPostfach 910762 • D-30427 HannoverTel.: +49 (0) 511 2136 0Fax: +49 (0) 511 2136 269E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.rexroth.com/rexrothmecman
Axis Cover SystemMöller Werke GmbHMöller BalgKupferhammer • D-33649 BielefeldTel.: +49 (0) 521 4477 0Fax: +49 (0) 521 4477 333E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.moellerflex.de/
Rexroth IndraDyn L Appendix 16-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
HCR-Heinrich Cremer GmbHOppelner Str. 37 • D-41199 MönchengladbachTel.: +49 (0) 2166 964900Fax: +49 (0) 2166 609157E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.hcr.de/
Gebr. HENNIG GmbHPostfach 1137 • 85729 IsmaningTel.: +49 (0) 89 96096 0Fax: +49 (0) 89 96096 120E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.hennig-gmbh.de/
End Position Shock AbsorbersACE Stoßdämpfer GmbHPostfach 1510 • D-40740 LangenfeldHerzogstraße 28 • D-40764 LangenfeldTel.: +49 (0) 2173 92 26 10Fax: +49 (0) 2173 92 26 19E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.ace-ace.de/
RexrothPostfach 910762 • D-30427 HannoverTel.: +49 (0) 511 2136 0Fax: +49 (0) 511 2136 269E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.rexroth.com/rexrothmecman
Rhodius GmbHTreuchlinger Str. 23 • D-91781 WeißenburgTel.: +49 (0) 9141 919 0Fax: +49 (0) 9141 919 45E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.rhodius.com/
Clamping Elements for Linear GuidewaysRexrothErnst-Sachs-Str. 90 • D-97419 SchweinfurtTel.: +49 (0) 9721 937 0Fax: +49 (0) 9721 937 350E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.rexroth.com/rexrothstar
Metal Braid Shock Absorbers
16-4 Appendix Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
External Mechanical BrakesKendrion Binder Magnete GmbHMönchweilerstr. 1 • D-78048 Villingen-SchwenningenTel.: +49 (0) 7721 877 455Fax: +49 (0) 7721 877 462E-Mail:Internet: http://www.binder-magnete.de/
Ortlinghaus-Werke GmbH
Kenkhauser Str. 125 • D-42929 Wermelskirchen
Tel.: +49 (0) 2196 85-0Fax: +49 (0) 2196 855-444E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.ortlinghaus.com/
Weight Compensation SystemsRoss Europa GmbHRobert-Bosch-Str. 2 • D-63225 LangenTel.: +49 (0) 6103 7597 0Fax: +49 (0) 6103 7469 40 E-Mail:Internet:
RexrothJahnstr. 3-5 • D-97816 Lohr am MainTel.: +49 (0) 9352 18 0Fax: +49 (0) 9352 18 2598E_Mail:Internet: http://www.rexroth.com/
WipersHunger DFE GmbHDichtungs- und Führungselemente
Alfred-Nobel Str. 26 • D-97080 WürzburgTel.: +49 (0) 931 900 97 0Fax: +49 (0) 931 900 97 30E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.hunger-dichtungen.de/
HME DichtungssystemeRichthofenstr. 31 • D - 86343 KönigsbrunnTel.: +49 (0) 8231 9623 0Fax: +49 (0) 8231 865 16E-Mail: [email protected]: http://www.hme-seals.de/
Pneumatic
Hydraulic
Rexroth IndraDyn L Appendix 16-5
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
16.2 Enquiry form for Linear Drives
Rexroth Indramat
Fax:
Contact person:
..............................................................
..............................................................
Date: ..........................
1. Information for the user
Company ..................................................... Name ...........................................................
Street ..................................................... Department ...........................................................
Zip Code ..................................................... Phone ...........................................................
Place ..................................................... Fax ...........................................................
Email ...........................................................
Requesting to: O Recall O Drive dimensioning O Offer O ..................................................
2. General information on use
Sector O Machine Tools O Automation O Packaging O Printing
O ........................................................................................................
Type of use ............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
Designation of theAxis
............................................................................................................
Axis Grouping O Single axis O Grouping of ............ axis within the machine
O only linear drives O rotative and linear drives
Quantity ........................... per year
3. Mechanical and cinematic requirements
Installation position O Horizontal O Vertical O Slant, axis angle: ............degrees
Moved motorcomponent O Primary part moves O Secondary part moves
Moved mass ....................... kg (incl. guides, power feeders, etc.)
Maximum velocity ..................... m/min Maximum acceleration ....................... m/s²
Base force ....................... N (friction, energy supply, etc. )
Machining force ....................... N (detailed specifications see point 5)
16-6 Appendix Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
4. Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature ....................... °C
Machined material O Steel / cast iron O Light metal O Plastic O Wood
O Other:......................................... O None(only handling)
Dirt and aggressive media O Chips O Dust
O Oil or lubricants: .........................................................................
O Other: .........................................................................................
Protection ofmotor components
O Bellows O Telescopic cover O Wiper on secondary
O Other:................................................................................................
5. Thermal conditions and cooling
Liquid cooling Coolant and additives: .............................................................................
Inlet temperature, minimum: .............°C maximum: ...............°C
Max. flow quantity: .........l/min Max. system pressure: .........bar
Maximum heating of the machine structure: ........... K O Not relevant
Maximum coolant temperature rise: ....................... K O Not relevant
Additional cooling at machine O Yes O No
O Air cooling, natural convection (Reducing the continuous forces to approximately 25 %)
6. Drive and Control
Drive series O ECODRIVE03 O DIAX04 O IndraDrive
Mainvoltage
O 1 x 230 V O 3 x 400 V O 3 x 480 V O ................................
Driveinterface /bus system
O SERCOS interface O ANALOG ±10V O Parallel interface
O Profibus O Interbus O CANopen O DeviceNet O PWM
O .....................................................................................................................
ControlO ..................................................:..................................................................
7. Linear scale
Measuring principleand interface
O absolut ENDAT
O incremental, sine signals 1 VSS
O incremental, sine signals 1 VSS, distance-encoded reference marks
Model O open O encapsulated O integradted in linearbuides
Positioning accurary ......................... µm
Rexroth IndraDyn L Appendix 16-7
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
8. Motion profile
Specification ofmotion profile
O Not required, drive selection data exist (see 8.1)
O Strokes, positioning and idle times, maximum velocity and acceleration asspecified under item 3 (see 8.2)
O Sketch of velocity profile v(t) and process forces FP(t) (see 8.2 and 8.3)
O Operating phases and duty cycles (see 8.4)
O Equation of motion for s(t) and / or v(t) (see 8.5)
O s(t) and / or v(t) can ve specified in digital form: O MathCad O Excel O ASCII O ...........................
8.1 Data for motion selection exists:
Fmax: .............. N FEFF / FdN: .............. N vFmax: ............. m/min vmax: ............. m/min
8.2 Specification of strokes, position and idle times
Stroke Travel Positioning time Idle time Stroke Travel Positioning time Idle time
1 82 93 104 115 126 137 14
8.3 Sketch of velocity profile and process forces
wÉáí==áå=KKK KKK
wÉáí==áå=KKKKKK
16-8 Appendix Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
8.4 Specification of operating phases and related duty cycle
EDi Force Fi
Acceleration, deceleration at .............m/s² ............. % .............. N
Acceleration, deceleration at .............m/s² and machining ............. % .............. N
Rapid traverse at v = constant = ............ m/min ............. % .............. N
Machining at v = ............ m/min ............. % .............. N
Standstill with machining ............. % .............. N
Standstill without machining ............. % .............. N
................................................................................ ............. % .............. N
Total: 100 %
8.5 Equation of motion for s(t) or v(t)
Equation of motion,
e.g.: )tsin(r)t(s ⋅ω⋅=
Explanation:
9. Miscellaneous/comments/sketches
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
Rexroth IndraDyn L Index 17-1
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
17 Index
AAir gap 9-19Appropriate use
Introduction 2-1Uses 2-2
Attractive forces 9-18Average velocity 5
BBraking Systems 9-53
CCommutation adjustment 14-9Connection cable 8-1Connection of DIAX04 and EcoDrive Drive-Controllers 8-8Connection of IndraDrive Drive Controller 8-6Connection of linear feedback devices 8-10Continuous Output 15Coolant temperature 9-28Cooling capacity 9-32, 17Customer’s receiving inspection 12-5
DDelivery status 12-2different motor/controller combinations 10-1Dimensions 5-1Duty cycle 13
EEnclosure surface 9-45
FFactory checks 12-5feed forces 3Flow quantity 9-30Frame length 3
GGantry Arrangement 9-16General construction 9-2General equations of motion 2General start-up procedure 14-4
HHolding Devices 9-53
IIdentification 12-1Inappropriate use 2-2
Consequences, Discharge of liability 2-1Installation 13-1Integrating the linear scale 9-8
17-2 Index Rexroth IndraDyn L
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
LLoad Rigidity
Dynamic load rigidity 9-65Static load rigidity 9-65
MMagnetic Fields 9-43Maintenance 14-21Mass reduction 9-7Maximum Acceleration Changes 9-61Maximum Output 16maximum system pressure 9-28Measuring principle 9-48Mechanical rigidity 9-7Mechanically linked axes 9-7Motor cooling
Coolants 9-26Standard encapsulation 9-24Thermal encapsulation 9-24Thermal time constant 9-22
Motor coolingPower loss 9-22
Motor cooling 9-22Motor Design 9-2Mounting 13-1Mounting Sizes
size 070 5-6size 100 5-9size 140 5-12size 200 5-15size 300 5-18
Mounting Sizes 5-3size 040 5-3
NNatural frequencies 9-7Noise emission 9-45
Oon axis cover system 9-55Operation without liquid cooling 9-29
PPackaging 12-2parallel arrangement 9-10Parameter settings 14-18Performance Overview 2pH-value coolant 9-27Position and Velocity Resolution 9-63Pressure drop 9-29, 9-31Protection class 9-42
RReactive forces 9-8Reduced overlapping 9-20Regeneration energy 17
SSafety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls 3-1Sensors temperature measurement external 9-38
Rexroth IndraDyn L Index 17-3
DOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-P
Shock 9-44shock absorber 9-54Shutdown by a master control 9-59Shutdown by the drive 9-58Shutdown upon EMERGENCY STOP 9-58Shutdown via mechanical braking device 9-59single arrangement 9-9Sinusoidal velocity 11Sizing the cooling circuit 9-29Specifics for transporting 12-4Standard encapsulation 9-3Standards 4Storage 12-3Symmetry 5-2
TTemperature sensor motor protection 9-38Thermal encapsulation 9-3Tolerances 5-1Transportation 12-3Trapezoidal velocity 6Triangular velocity 10type code 1
UUse See appropriate use and inappropriate useUtilization factor 9-41
VVertical axes 9-17Vibration 9-44
WWeight compensation 9-17Winding 3Wipers 9-56
Bosch Rexroth AGElectric Drives and ControlsP.O. Box 13 5797803 Lohr, GermanyBgm.-Dr.-Nebel-Str. 297816 Lohr, GermanyPhone +49 (0)93 52-40-50 60Fax +49 (0)93 52-40-49 [email protected]
Printed in GermanyDOK-MOTOR*-MLF********-PR01-EN-PR911293635